diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1 index 76f48b128f..0f58adbd5d 100644 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1 +++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1 @@ -1,310 +1,263 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation -.\" See COPYING for conditions for redistribution +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.3, Pod::Parser v1.13 .\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project -.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project. -.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1,v 1.4 2001/05/14 01:07:21 horikawa Exp $ -.TH addr2line 1 "27 March 1997" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp .. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a +.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to +.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' +.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "ADDR2LINE 1" +.TH ADDR2LINE 1 "2002-08-05" "binutils-2.12.91" "GNU Development Tools" +.UC .SH 名称 addr2line \- アドレスをファイル名と行番号に変換する - .SH 書式 -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B addr2line -.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c -.I bfdname\c -.RB " | " "\-\-target="\c -.I bfdname\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-e\ "\c -.I filename\c -.RB " | " "\-\-exe="\c -.I filename\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-functions "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-basenames "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-H | \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V | \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" addr addr ... "\|]" -.ad b -.hy 1 +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +addr2line [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] + [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR]] + [\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR] + [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-functions\fR] [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-basename\fR] + [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] + [addr addr ...] .SH 解説 -\c -.B addr2line +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\fBaddr2line\fR はプログラムのアドレスをファイル名と行番号に変換します。 アドレスと実行ファイルが与えられると、実行ファイル中のデバッグ情報を 使って与えられたアドレスをファイル名と行番号に対応づけます。 - +.PP 使用される実行ファイルは -.B \-e +\fB\-e\fR オプションで指定します。デフォルトは -.B a.out\c -\& です。 - -.B addr2line +\fBa.out\fR +です。 +.PP +\fBaddr2line\fR には 2 つの動作モードがあります。 - +.PP 1 つ目では、16進数のアドレスをコマンドラインで指定して、 -.B addr2line +\fBaddr2line\fR が各アドレスに対応するファイル名と行番号を表示します。 - +.PP 2 つ目では、 -.B addr2line +\fBaddr2line\fR は 16進数のアドレスを標準入力から読み込んで、各アドレスに 対応するファイル名と行番号を標準出力に表示します。 このモードでは -.B addr2line +\fBaddr2line\fR をパイプ中で、動的に選び出されたアドレスを変換するために利用できます。 - -出力の形式は「ファイル名:行番号」です。ファイル名と行番号は +.PP +出力の形式は +\fB\s-1ファイル名:行番号\s0\fR +です。ファイル名と行番号は 各アドレス毎に改行して出力されます。 -.B \-f -オプションが指定されると、「ファイル名:行番号」の行の前に -アドレスを含む関数の名前を「関数名」の行として出力します。 - +\fB\-f\fR +オプションが指定されると、 +\fB\s-1ファイル名:行番号\s0\fR +の行の前に +アドレスを含む関数の名前を +\fB\s-1関数名\s0\fR +の行として出力します。 +.PP ファイル名または関数名が特定できない場合は、 -.B addr2line +\fBaddr2line\fR はそれらが表示されるべき場所に 2 つのクエスチョンマークを表示します。 行番号が特定できない場合は -.B addr2line +\fBaddr2line\fR は 0 を表示します。 - +.PP .SH オプション -.TP -.BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname" +ここに選択肢として表示されている、 +長形式および短形式のオプションは、等価です。 +.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-b bfdname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--target=bfdname" +.PD オブジェクトファイルのオブジェクト・コード形式を -\c -.I bfdname\c -\& で指定します。 - -.TP -.B \-C -.TP -.B \-\-demangle -シンボル名の内部表現をユーザレベルの表現にデコード (\fIdemangle\fP) します。 -加えてシステムが付加した先頭のアンダースコアも取り除くので、 -これによって C++ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。 - -.TP -.BI "\-e " "filename"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-exe=" "filename" +\fIbfdname\fR +で指定します。 +.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-C" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--demangle[=style]" +.PD +シンボル名の内部表現をユーザレベルの表現にデコード (\fIdemangle\fR) します。 +加えてシステムが付加した先頭のアンダスコアも取り除くので、 +これによって \*(C+ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。 +コンパイラ毎に、マングル方法が異なります。 +オプションのデマングルスタイル引数を使用することで、 +コンパイラにあったデマングルスタイルを選択可能です。 +.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-e filename" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--exe=filename" +.PD アドレスを変換する対象の実行ファイル名を指定します。 デフォルトのファイル名は -.B a.out\c -\& です。 - -.TP -.B \-f -.TP -.B \-\-functions +\fIa.out\fR +です。 +.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-f" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-functions\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--functions" +.PD ファイルと行番号情報に加えて関数名を表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-s -.TP -.B \-\-basenames +.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-s" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-basenames\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--basenames" +.PD 各ファイル名のベース (パス名を除いたファイル名部分) のみを表示します。 - .SH "関連項目" -.B -info\c -\& の -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -の項; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991) - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" +Info +の +\fIbinutils\fR +の項。 +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". .SH 日本語訳 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳 .\" .SH 履歴 .\" 野首 寛高 1998/09/23 FreeBSD 用に翻訳。 .\" 堀川和雄 2001/08/04 binutils 2.11.2 用に修正。 +.\" 堀川和雄 2002/12/29 binutils 2.12.91 用に修正。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1 index 665dfafe75..a89a7b28f2 100644 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1 +++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1 @@ -1,857 +1,547 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project -.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project. .\" $FreeBSD$ -.TH ar 1 "1999" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.\" .\" WORD: truncate (小数で)切り捨てる[POSIX],切り詰める +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.3, Pod::Parser v1.13 .\" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP .. - +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R + +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a +.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to +.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' +.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "AR 1" +.TH AR 1 "2002-08-05" "binutils-2.12.91" "GNU Development Tools" +.UC .SH 名称 ar \- アーカイブの作成、更新、および、アーカイブからの抽出 - .SH 書式 -.hy 0 -.na -.BR ar " [\|" "-" "\|]"\c -.I {dmpqrtx}[abcfilNoPsSuvV] \c -[\|\c -.I membername\c -\&\|] \c -[\|\c -.I count\c -\&\|] \c -.I archive\c -\& \c -.I files\c -\&.\|.\|. - -.ad b -.hy 1 +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +ar [\fB\-X32_64\fR] [\fB\-\fR]\fIp\fR[\fImod\fR [\fIrelpos\fR] [\fIcount\fR]] \fIarchive\fR [\fImember\fR...] .SH 解説 -GNU \c -.B ar\c +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\s-1GNU\s0 +\fBar\fR プログラムは、アーカイブの作成、更新、および、アーカイブからの抽出を 行ないます。 -.I アーカイブ\c -\& とは、オリジナルのファイル (アーカイブの -.I メンバ\c +\fIアーカイブ\fR +とは、オリジナルのファイル (アーカイブの +\fIメンバ\fR と呼びます) を復元できるような構造で、他のファイル群の集合を保持する ような一つのファイルです。 - +.PP 元のファイルの内容、モード (パーミッション)、タイムスタンプ、所有者、 グループの情報はアーカイブ内でも保存され、ファイル抽出時には復元 されます。 - -GNU \c -.B ar\c +.PP +\s-1GNU\s0 +\fBar\fR では、メンバファイルのファイル名の長さには制限はありませんが、システム の設定によっては (他のツールで管理されるアーカイブファイルの形式との 互換性のために) メンバファイルのファイル名の長さに制限がある場合があります。 制限がある場合は、多くの場合 15 文字 (a.out 関連のファイル形式が代表的) か、 16 文字 (coff 関連のファイル形式が代表的) に制限されます。 - -この種類のアーカイブは、共有のサブルーチンを保持するライブラリとして -利用されることが多いため、\c -.B ar\c -\& はバイナリユーティリティと考えられます。 - -`\|\c -.B s\c -\|' 修飾子を指定した場合、\c -.B ar\c -\& はアーカイブ内のリロケータブルオブジェクトで定義されたシンボル +.PP +この種類のアーカイブは、共有のサブルーチンを保持する +\fIライブラリ\fR +として +利用されることが多いため、 +\fBar\fR +はバイナリユーティリティと考えられます。 +.PP +\fBs\fR +修飾子を指定した場合、 +\fBar\fR +はアーカイブ内のリロケータブルオブジェクトで定義されたシンボル のインデックスを作成します。 -一度作成されたインデックスは、\c -.B ar\c -\& がアーカイブの内容を変更するときには必ず更新されます (ただし `\|\c -.B q\c -\|' オプション指定時は更新されません)。このようなインデックスを持つ +一度作成されたインデックスは、 +\fBar\fR +がアーカイブの内容を変更するときには必ず更新されます (ただし +\fBq\fR +オプション指定時は更新されません)。このようなインデックスを持つ アーカイブを用いることによって、ライブラリのリンクが高速化されたり、 ライブラリ内のルーチンがアーカイブ内の配置にかかわらず、互いを呼び出す ことができるようになります。 - -`\|\c -.B nm \-s\c -\|' または `\|\c -.B nm \-\-print\-armap\c -\|' によって、このインデックステーブルを表示することができます。 -もし、アーカイブにインデックステーブルが含まれていない場合は、\c -.B ranlib\c -と呼ばれる、もう一つの形式の \c -.B ar\c -\& を用いてテーブルだけを追加することができます。 - -\c -.B ar\c -\& を実行する時は、少なくとも二つの引数を指定する必要があります。 -.I オペレーション\c -\& (動作) を指定する一つのキー文字と、処理するアーカイブ名です -(キー文字には\c -.I 修飾子\c -\& として複数の文字をつけることもできます)。 - -ほとんどのオペレーションは、処理する個々のファイル名を指定するための \c -.I files\c -\& 引数を受け付けます。 - +.PP +\fBnm \-s\fR +または +\fBnm \-\-print\-armap\fR +によって、このインデックステーブルを表示することができます。 +もし、アーカイブにインデックステーブルが含まれていない場合は、 +\fBranlib\fR +と呼ばれる、もう一つの形式の +\fBar\fR +を用いてテーブルだけを追加することができます。 +.PP +\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR +は、別の 2 種類の機構と互換であるようにデザインされています。 +Unix システムの +\fBar\fR +のようにコマンドラインオプションで動作を制御できますし、 +単一のコマンドラインオプション +\fB\-M\fR +を指定することで、 +\s-1MRI\s0 ``librarian'' プログラムのような +標準入力から提供されるスクリプトでも制御できます。 .SH オプション -GNU \c -.B ar\c -\& は最初のコマンドラインオプションとして、オペレーションコード \c -.I p\c -\& と、修飾子 \c -.I mod\c -\& を任意の順序で組み合わせたものを受け付けます。 - +.IX Header "OPTIONS" +\s-1GNU\s0 +\fBar\fR +は最初のコマンドラインオプションとして、オペレーションコード +\fIp\fR +と、修飾子 +\fImod\fR +を任意の順序で組み合わせたものを受け付けます。 +.PP 最初のオプションの先頭にダッシュ(ハイフン)をつけることもできます。 - -キー文字 \c -.I p\c -\& は、どのオペレーションを実行するかを指定します。キー文字としては +キー文字 +\fIp\fR +は、どのオペレーションを実行するかを指定します。キー文字としては 以下のいずれか一つだけを指定することができます。 - -.TP -.B d -アーカイブからモジュールを\c -.I 削除\c -\& します。削除するモジュール名を \c -.I files\c -\& として指定して下さい。 +.IP "\fBd\fR" 4 +.IX Item "d" +アーカイブからモジュールを +\fI削除\fR +します。削除するモジュール名を +\fImember\fR... +として指定して下さい。 ファイル名を指定しなければアーカイブは変更されません。 - -`\|\c -.B v\c -\|' 修飾子を指定した時には、\c -.B ar\c -\& は削除する際にそのモジュール名を表示します。 - -.TP -.B m -メンバをアーカイブ内で移動します。 - +.Sp +\fBv\fR +修飾子を指定した時には、 +\fBar\fR +は削除する際にそのモジュール名を表示します。 +.IP "\fBm\fR" 4 +.IX Item "m" +メンバをアーカイブ内で\fI移動\fRします。 +.Sp あるシンボルが複数のメンバで定義されている場合は、アーカイブ内でのメンバの 順序によって、プログラムがライブラリをリンクした結果が異なることが あります。 - -.B m\c -\& に修飾子が指定されなかった場合は \c -.I files\c -\& 引数で指定したメンバはアーカイブの\c -.I 最後\c -\& に移動されます。 -`\|\c -.B a\c -\|'、`\|\c -.B b\c -\|'、または `\|\c -.B i\c -\|' 修飾子を指定することによって、修飾子に応じた場所に移動します。 - -.TP -.B p -アーカイブ内の指定されたメンバを標準出力に\c -.I 出力\c -\& します。`\|\c -.B v\c -\|' 修飾子が指定されたときは、メンバの内容を出力する前にメンバ名を出力 +.Sp +\f(CW\*(C`m\*(C'\fR +に修飾子が指定されなかった場合は +\fImember\fR +引数で指定したメンバはアーカイブの +\fI最後\fR +に移動されます。 +\fBa\fR, +\fBb\fR, +\fBi\fR +修飾子を指定することによって、修飾子に応じた場所に移動します。 +.IP "\fBp\fR" 4 +.IX Item "p" +アーカイブ内の指定されたメンバを標準出力に +\fI出力\fR します。 - -.I files\c +\fBv\fR +修飾子が指定されたときは、メンバの内容を出力する前にメンバ名を出力 +します。 +.Sp +\fImember\fR 引数 を指定しなければ、アーカイブ内のすべてのファイルが出力されます。 - -.TP -.B q -\c -.I クイックアペンド\c -\&。\c -.I files\c -\& で指定されたファイルを、重複をチェックせずに\c -.I アーカイブ\c -\&の末尾に追加します。 - -`\|\c -.B a\c -\|'、`\|\c -.B b\c -\|'、`\|\c -.B i\c -\|' 修飾子はこのオペレーションには\c -.I 影響しません\c -\&。新たなメンバは常にアーカイブの末尾に置かれます。 - -`\|\c -.B v\c -\|' 修飾子を指定すると、\c -.B ar\c -\& は追加の際にそのファイル名を出力します。 - +.IP "\fBq\fR" 4 +.IX Item "q" +\fIクイックアペンド\fR。 +歴史的には、\fImember\fR +で指定されたファイルを、重複をチェックせずに +\fIアーカイブ\fR +の末尾に追加します。 +\fBa\fR, +\fBb\fR, +\fBi\fR +修飾子はこのオペレーションには +\fI影響しません\fR。 +新たなメンバは常にアーカイブの末尾に置かれます。 +.Sp +\fBv\fR +修飾子を指定すると、 +\fBar\fR +は追加の際にそのファイル名を出力します。 +.Sp このオペレーションの特徴は動作速度ですので、たとえ シンボルテーブルのインデックスが存在したとしても、それを更新しません。 -シンボルテーブルのインデックスを更新するには、明示的に `\|\c -.B ar s\c -\|' か -\c -.B ranlib\c -\& を使って下さい。 - +シンボルテーブルのインデックスを更新するには、明示的に +\fBar s\fR +か +\fBranlib\fR +を使って下さい。 +.Sp しかしながら、多くの異なるシステムにおいてクイックアペンドが -インデックスを再構築することが仮定されていますので、GNU -.B ar -は `\|\c -.B q\c -\|' は `\|\c -.B r\c -\|' と同じ動作をするように実装しています。 - -.TP -.B r -\c -files\c -\& をアーカイブに挿入 (重複の際は\c -.I 置換\c -\&) します。 -このオペレーションは`\|\c -.B q\c -\|' とは異なり、追加するファイルと同名のメンバがすでに存在する +インデックスを再構築することが仮定されていますので、 +\s-1GNU\s0 +ar +は +\f(CW\*(C`q\*(C'\fR +は +\f(CW\*(C`r\*(C'\fR +と同じ動作をするように実装しています。 +.IP "\fBr\fR" 4 +.IX Item "r" +ファイル +\fImember\fR... +をアーカイブに挿入 (重複の際は +\fI置換\fR) します。 +このオペレーションは +\fBq\fR +とは異なり、追加するファイルと同名のメンバがすでに存在する 場合は削除されます。 - -もし \c -.I files\c -\& で指定したファイルの中に存在しないものが一つでも含まれている場合は\c -.B ar\c -\& はエラーメッセージを出力し、そのファイル名と同名のメンバは変更 +.Sp +もし +\fImember\fR... +で指定したファイルの中に存在しないものが一つでも含まれている場合は +\fBar\fR +はエラーメッセージを出力し、そのファイル名と同名のメンバは変更 されずに保存されます。 - -デフォルトでは新しいメンバはファイルの末尾に追加されますが、`\|\c -.B a\c -\|'、`\|\c -.B b\c -\|'、または `\|\c -.B i\c -\|' 修飾子を指定することにより、既存のメンバに対する相対的な位置関係を +.Sp +デフォルトでは新しいメンバはファイルの末尾に追加されますが、 +\fBa\fR, +\fBb\fR, +\fBi\fR +修飾子を指定することにより、既存のメンバに対する相対的な位置関係を 指定することができます。 - -このオペレーションに `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' 修飾子を指定すると、挿入された各ファイルに対して、ファイルが追加 -された (削除された古いメンバがない) か、置換されたかを示す `\|\c -.B a\c -\|' または -`\|\c -.B r\c -\|' のどちらかを含んだ一行が出力されます。 - -.TP -.B t -\c -.I アーカイブ\c -\& の内容、または \c -.I files\c -\& に列挙されたファイルのうち、アーカイブ内に存在するものの一覧を出力 -します。通常はメンバ名だけを表示しますが、`\|\c -.B v\c -\|' 修飾子を指定することにより、モード (パーミッション)、タイムスタンプ、 +.Sp +このオペレーションに +\fBv\fR +修飾子を指定すると、挿入された各ファイルに対して、ファイルが追加 +された (削除された古いメンバがない) か、置換されたかを示す +\fBa\fR +または +\fBr\fR +のどちらかを含んだ一行が出力されます。 +.IP "\fBt\fR" 4 +.IX Item "t" +\fIアーカイブ\fR +の内容、または +\fImember\fR... +に列挙されたファイルのうち、アーカイブ内に存在するものの +\fI一覧\fR +を出力します。 +通常はメンバ名だけを表示しますが、 +\fBv\fR +修飾子を指定することにより、モード (パーミッション)、タイムスタンプ、 所有者、グループ、サイズも表示します。 - -\c -.I files\c -\& の指定がない場合はアーカイブ内のすべてのファイルの一覧を表示します。 - -あるアーカイブ (`\|\c -.B b.a\c -\|' とします) の中に同じ名前 (`\|\c -.B fie\c -\|' とします) の複数のファイルが存在する場合は、`\|\c -.B ar t b.a fie\c -\|' は最初のファイルだけを表示します。同名のファイルをすべて見たい場合 -はすべてのファイルの一覧を表示して下さい。この例では `\|\c -.B ar t b.a\c -\|' です。 - -.TP -.B x -アーカイブから \c -.I files\c -\& で指定されたメンバを\c -.I 抽出\c +.Sp +\fImember\fR +の指定がない場合はアーカイブ内のすべてのファイルの一覧を表示します。 +.Sp +あるアーカイブ ( +\fBb.a\fR +とします) の中に同じ名前 ( +\fBfie\fR +とします) の複数のファイルが存在する場合は、 +\fBar t b.a fie\fR +は最初のファイルだけを表示します。同名のファイルをすべて見たい場合 +はすべてのファイルの一覧を表示して下さい。この例では +\fBar t b.a\fR +です。 +.IP "\fBx\fR" 4 +.IX Item "x" +アーカイブから +\fIfiles\fR +で指定されたメンバを +\fI抽出\fR します。 -`\|\c -.B v\c -\|' 修飾子を指定すると、\c -.B ar\c -\& は抽出の際にそのファイル名を出力します。 - -\c -.I files\c -\& の指定がない場合はアーカイブ内のすべてのファイルを抽出します。 - +\fBv\fR +修飾子を指定すると、 +\fBar\fR +は抽出の際にそのファイル名を出力します。 +.Sp +\fImember\fR +の指定がない場合はアーカイブ内のすべてのファイルを抽出します。 .PP - -いくつかの修飾子 (\c -.I mod\c -\&) をキー文字 \c -.I p\c -\& の直後に付けることによって、オペレーションの動作を変更する +いくつかの修飾子 ( +\fImod\fR) をキー文字 +\fIp\fR +の直後に付けることによって、オペレーションの動作を変更する ことができます。 - -.TP -.B a -新しいファイルを既存のメンバの\c -.I 後\c -\& に追加します。 -\c -.B a\c -\& 修飾子を用いるときは、\c -.I archive\c -\& 引数の前に\c -.I membername\c -\& 引数として既存のメンバ名を指定する必要があります。 - -.TP -.B b -新しいファイルを既存のメンバの\c -.I 前\c -\& に追加します。 -\c -.B b\c -\& 修飾子を用いるときは、\c -.I archive\c -\& 引数の前に\c -.I membername\c -\& 引数として既存のメンバの名前を指定する必要があります。(`\|\c -.B i\c -\|'と同じ。) - -.TP -.B c -アーカイブを\c -.I 作成\c -\& します。 -存在しない\c -.I アーカイブ\ -\& を更新するように指定した場合、そのアーカイブは必ず作成されますが、 +.IP "\fBa\fR" 4 +.IX Item "a" +新しいファイルを既存のメンバの +\fI後\fR +に追加します。 +\fBa\fR +修飾子を用いるときは、 +\fIarchive\fR +引数の前に +\fIrelpos\fR +引数として既存のメンバ名を指定する必要があります。 +.IP "\fBb\fR" 4 +.IX Item "b" +新しいファイルを既存のメンバの +\fI前\fR +に追加します。 +\fBb\fR +修飾子を用いるときは、 +\fIarchive\fR +引数の前に +\fIrelpos\fR +引数として既存のメンバの名前を指定する必要があります。( +\fBi\fR と同じ。) +.IP "\fBc\fR" 4 +.IX Item "c" +アーカイブを +\fI作成\fR +します。 +存在しない +\fIアーカイブ\fR +を更新するように指定した場合、そのアーカイブは必ず作成されますが、 その際、この修飾子を指定することによって、アーカイブを作成することを 明示していなければ、警告を出力します。 - -.TP -.B f +.IP "\fBf\fR" 4 +.IX Item "f" アーカイブ内の名前を切り詰めます。 通常 -.B ar -は任意の長さのファイル名を受け付けますが、このため、いくつかのシステム +\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR +は任意の長さのファイル名を受け付けます。 +このため、いくつかのシステム で使われている従来の -.B ar +.fBar\fR と互換性のないアーカイブが作成されることになります。これが問題になる 場合は、 -.B f +\fBf\fR 修飾子を指定して、ファイルをアーカイブに追加する際にそのファイル名を 切り詰めることができます。 - -.TP -.B i -新しいファイルを既存のメンバの\c -.I 前\c -\& に挿入します。 -\c -.B i\c -\& 修飾子を用いる時は、\c -.I archive\c -\& 引数の前に\c -.I membername\c -\& 引数として既存のメンバ名を指定する必要があります。(`\|\c -.B b\c -\|'と同じ。) - -.TP -.B l +.IP "\fBi\fR" 4 +.IX Item "i" +新しいファイルを既存のメンバの +\fI前\fR +に挿入します。 +.\fBi\fR +修飾子を用いる時は、 +\fIarchive\fR +引数の前に +\fIrelpos\fR +引数として既存のメンバ名を指定する必要があります。( +\fBb\fR +と同じ。) +.IP "\fBl\fR" 4 +.IX Item "l" この修飾子は指定可能ですが、使用されません。 - -.TP -.B N -.I count +.IP "\fBN\fR" 4 +.IX Item "N" +\fIcount\fR パラメータを使用します。 アーカイブに同一名のエントリが複数ある場合、これが使用されます。 指定した名前のインスタンス -.I count +\fIcount\fR を、アーカイブから抽出または削除します。 - -.TP -.B o -メンバを抽出する際に\c -.I オリジナル\c -\& の時刻を保存します。この修飾子を指定しないと、アーカイブから抽出 +.IP "\fBo\fR" 4 +.IX Item "o" +メンバを抽出する際に +\fIオリジナル\fR +の時刻を保存します。この修飾子を指定しないと、アーカイブから抽出 されたファイルのタイムスタンプは抽出時の時刻になります。 - -.TP -.B P +.IP "\fBP\fR" 4 +.IX Item "P" アーカイブ中の名前とマッチングを取るときに、フルパス名を使用します。 -.B ar -はフルパス名のアーカイブ (このようなアーカイブは POSIX 準拠ではありません) +\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR +はフルパス名のアーカイブ (このようなアーカイブは +\s-1POSIX\s-0 +準拠ではありません) を作成できませんが、他のアーカイブ作成器は可能です。 このオプションを使用すると、 -.B ar +\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR は完全なパス名を使用してファイル名のマッチングを行います。 他のツールで作成したアーカイブから 1 個のファイルを取り出す場合に有用でしょう。 - -.TP -.B s +.IP "\fBs\fR" 4 +.IX Item "s" アーカイブに他の変更がない場合でも、アーカイブにオブジェクトファイルの インデックスを書き込んだり、既存のインデックスを更新します。この修飾子 はほかのオペレーションと併用することも、単独で使用することも可能です。 -あるアーカイブに対して`\|\c -.B ar s\c -\|' を実行することは、そのアーカイブに対して `\|\c -.B ranlib\c -\|' を実行することと等価です。 - -.TP -.B S +あるアーカイブに対して +\fBar s\fR +を実行することは、そのアーカイブに対して +\fBranlib\fR +を実行することと等価です。 +.IP "\fBS\fR" 4 +.IX Item "S" アーカイブのシンボルテーブルを作成しません。これを用いると大きな ライブラリを何回かに分けて作成する際に時間を短縮することができます。 この結果得られるアーカイブはリンカで使用することはできません。 -シンボルテーブルを作成するためには最後に `\|\c -.B ar\c -\|' を実行する時に `\|\c -.B S\c -\|' 修飾子を外すか、そのアーカイブに対して `\|\c -.B ranlib\c -\|' を実行する必要があります。 - -.TP -.B u -通常 \c -.B ar r\c -\&.\|.\|. は列挙されたファイルをすべてアーカイブに挿入します。 +シンボルテーブルを作成するためには最後に +\fBar\fR +を実行する時に +\fBS\fR +修飾子を外すか、そのアーカイブに対して +\fBranlib\fR +を実行する必要があります。 +.IP "\fBu\fR" 4 +.IX Item "u" +通常 +\fBar r\fR... +は列挙されたファイルをすべてアーカイブに挿入します。 この修飾子を指定すると、指定したファイルが既存の同名のメンバより -新しい場合\c -.I のみ\c -\&ファイルを挿入します。 -`\|\c -.B u\c -\|' 修飾子は `\|\c -.B r\c -\|'(置換) オペレーションだけに付けることができます。 -特に、タイムスタンプの確認は `\|\c -.B q\c -\|' オペレーションの利点である速度を低下させるので、`\|\c -.B qu\c -\|' の組み合わせは認められません。 - -.TP -.B v +新しい場合 +\fIのみ\fR +ファイルを挿入します。 +.Sp +\fBu\fR +修飾子は +\fBr\fR +(置換) オペレーションだけに付けることができます。 +特に、タイムスタンプの確認は +\fBq\fR +オペレーションの利点である速度を低下させるので、 +\fBqu\fR +の組み合わせは認められません。 +.IP "\fBv\fR" 4 +.IX Item "v" オペレーションに対して -.I 冗長\c -\&な表示を要求します。 -多くのオペレーションにおいて `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' 修飾子が指定されると、 +\fI冗長\fR +な表示を要求します。 +多くのオペレーションにおいて +\fBv\fR +修飾子が指定されると、 処理されたファイル名などの付加的な情報が表示されます。 - -.TP -.B V +.IP "\fBV\fR" 4 +.IX Item "V" この修飾子は -.BR ar\c -\& のバージョン番号を表示します。 - +\fBar\fR +のバージョン番号を表示します。 .PP - +\&\fBar\fR は、最初のオプションが \fB\-X32_64\fR の場合これを無視します。 +\s-1AIX\s0 との互換性のためです。 +本オプション指定時の動作が \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR デフォルトです。 +\fBar\fR は他のいかなる \&\fB\-X\fR もサポートしません。 +特に \s-1AIX\s0 \fBar\fR のデフォルトである \fB\-X32\fR はサポートしません。 .SH 関連項目 -.B -info\c -\&の -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -の項; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991). -.BR nm ( 1 )\c -\&, -.BR ranlib ( 1 )\c -\&. - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" +\&\fInm\fR\|(1), +\fIranlib\fR\|(1), +Info の \fIbinutils\fR の項。 +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". .\" .SH 履歴 .\" 奥村務 : 1998/09/13 FreeBSD 用に翻訳。 .\" 堀川和雄 : 2001/08/04 binutils 2.11.2 用に修正。 +.\" 堀川和雄 : 2002/12/29 binutils 2.12.91 用に修正。 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1 index 217a45f9e3..f387efbd3e 100644 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1 +++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1 @@ -1,597 +1,464 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.3, Pod::Parser v1.13 .\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project -.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project. -.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1,v 1.5 2001/07/29 05:14:51 horikawa Exp $ -.TH nm 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 .. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a +.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to +.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' +.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.IX Title "NM 1" +.TH NM 1 "2002-08-05" "binutils-2.12.91" "GNU Development Tools" +.UC .SH 名称 nm \- オブジェクトファイルからシンボルをリストする - .SH 書式 -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B nm -.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-debug\-syms "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-g | \-\-extern\-only "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-B "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-dynamic "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-print\-armap "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-o | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-n | \-\-numeric\-sort "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-p | \-\-no\-sort "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reverse\-sort "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-size\-sort "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-u | \-\-undefined\-only "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-t \fIradix" | \-\-radix=\fIradix "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-P | --portability "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-f \fIformat" | \-\-format=\fIformat "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \c -.I objfile\c -\&.\|.\|.\|] -.ad b -.hy 1 +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +nm [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR] [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR] + [\fB\-B\fR] [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR]] [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\fR] + [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-print\-size\fR] [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR] + [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR] + [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR] + [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR] [\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR] [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR] + [\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR|\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR] [\fB\-P\fR|\fB\-\-portability\fR] + [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-f\fR\fIformat\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR] + [\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR] [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR] + [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-X 32_64\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fIobjfile\fR...] .SH 解説 -GNU \c -.B nm\c -\& はオブジェクトファイル \c -.I objfile\c -\& からシンボルをリストします。引数でオブジェクトファイルが与えられないと、\c -.B nm\c -\& は `\|\c -.B a.out\c -\|' を対象とします。 - +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\s-1GNU\s0 +\fBnm\fR +はオブジェクトファイル +\fIobjfile\fR... +からシンボルをリストします。引数でオブジェクトファイルが与えられないと、 +\fBnm\fR +は +\fIa.out\fR +を対象とします。 +.PP +各シンボルに対し、\fBnm\fR は次のものを表示します: +.IP "\(bu" 4 +シンボルの値を、オプションで選択された基数 (後述) +またはデフォルトの 16 進数で表示します。 +.IP "\(bu" 4 +シンボルの型。 +少なくとも次の型が使用されます。 +他の型についてはオブジェクトファイルフォーマットに依存します。 +小文字の場合シンボルはローカルであり、大文字の場合シンボルはグローバル +(外部的です)。 +.RS 4 +.ie n .IP """A""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWA\fR" 4 +.IX Item "A" +シンボルの値は絶対的であり、さらなるリンクによって変更されません。 +.ie n .IP """B""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWB\fR" 4 +.IX Item "B" +シンボルは未初期化データセクション (\s-1BSS\s0 のこと) にあります。 +.ie n .IP """C""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWC\fR" 4 +.IX Item "C" +シンボルはコモンです。 +コモンシンボルは未初期化データです。 +リンク時には、複数のコモンシンボルが同一の名前として見え得ます。 +シンボルがどこかで定義されている場合、 +コモンシンボルは未定義の参照として扱われます。 +.ie n .IP """D""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4 +.IX Item "D" +シンボルは初期化済データセクションにあります。 +.ie n .IP """G""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWG\fR" 4 +.IX Item "G" +シンボルは、小さいオブジェクト用の、初期化済データセクションにあります。 +オブジェクトフォーマットによっては、 +小さいデータオブジェクトへのより効率の良い +アクセスを提供しているものがあります。 +小さいオブジェクトとは、 +例えば、大きなグローバル配列に対する、グローバル int 変数のことを指します。 +.ie n .IP """I""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWI\fR" 4 +.IX Item "I" +シンボルは、他のシンボルに対する間接参照です。 +これは、a.out オブジェクトファイルフォーマットに対する \s-1GNU\s0 拡張ですが、 +ほとんど使われません。 +.ie n .IP """N""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWN\fR" 4 +.IX Item "N" +シンボルはデバッグシンボルです。 +.ie n .IP """R""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWR\fR" 4 +.IX Item "R" +シンボルは読み取り専用セクションにあります。 +.ie n .IP """S""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWS\fR" 4 +.IX Item "S" +シンボルは、小さいオブジェクト用の、未初期化データセクションにあります。 +.ie n .IP """T""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWT\fR" 4 +.IX Item "T" +シンボルは、テキスト (コード) セクションにあります。 +.ie n .IP """U""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWU\fR" 4 +.IX Item "U" +シンボルは未定義です。 +.ie n .IP """V""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWV\fR" 4 +.IX Item "V" +シンボルは弱いオブジェクトです。 +弱く定義されたシンボルが通常定義されたシンボルとリンクされるとき、 +エラー無しで通常定義されたシンボルが使用されます。 +弱い未定義なシンボルがリンクされそのシンボルが未定義なとき、 +弱いシンボルの値はエラー無しに 0 になります。 +.ie n .IP """W""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CWW\fR" 4 +.IX Item "W" +シンボルは弱いオブジェクトですが、 +弱いオブジェクトであるとは特に指定されていませんでした。 +弱く定義されたシンボルが通常定義されたシンボルとリンクされるとき、 +エラー無しで通常定義されたシンボルが使用されます。 +弱い未定義なシンボルがリンクされそのシンボルが未定義なとき、 +弱いシンボルの値はエラー無しに 0 になります。 +.ie n .IP """\-""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-" +シンボルは、a.out オブジェクトファイルの stabs シンボルです。 +この場合、次に表示される値は、 +stabs の他のフィールド、stabs の desc フィールド、stab タイプです。 +stabs シンボルはデバッグ情報を保持するために使用されます。 +.ie n .IP """?""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW?\fR" 4 +.IX Item "?" +シンボルの型は未知であり、オブジェクトファイルフォーマット固有です。 +.RE +.RS 4 +.RE +.IP "\(bu" 4 +シンボル名。 .SH オプション 長短形式の選択肢として、ここにあげてあるオプションは等価です。 - -.TP -.B \-A -.TP -.B \-o -.TP -.B \-\-print\-file\-name +.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-A" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-o" +.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--print-file-name" +.PD 入力ファイルに含まれるすべてのシンボルの前に一度だけ入力ファイルを -表示するのではなく、各シンボルの前に それが含まれる入力ファイル名を -表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-a -.TP -.B \-\-debug\-syms -デバッガ専用シンボルを表示します; 通常それらはリストされません。 - -.TP -.B \-B -.B \-\-format=bsd +表示するのではなく、各シンボルの前に それが含まれる入力ファイル名 +(またはアーカイブメンバ) を表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-a" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--debug-syms" +.PD +デバッガ専用シンボルであっても、全シンボルを表示します。 +通常、デバッグ専用シンボルはリストされません。 +.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-B" +\fB\-\-format=bsd\fR と同じです -(MIPS の \fBnm\fP との互換性のためにあります)。 - -.TP -.B \-C -.TP -.B \-\-demangle -低レベルのシンボル名をユーザレベルの名前にデコード (\fIdemangle\fP) +(\s-1MIPS\s0 の \fBnm\fR との互換性のためにあります)。 +.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-C" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--demangle[=style]" +.PD +低レベルのシンボル名をユーザレベルの名前にデコード (\fIdemangle\fR) します。さらにシステムが付加した先頭のアンダスコアもすべて -取り除くので、これによって C++ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。 - -.TP -.B \-D -.TP -.B \-\-dynamic +取り除くので、これによって \*(C+ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。 +コンパイラ毎に、マングル方法が異なります。 +オプションのデマングルスタイル引数を使用することで、 +コンパイラにあったデマングルスタイルを選択可能です。 +.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--no-demangle" +低レベルのシンボル名をデマングルしません。 +これがデフォルトです。 +.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-D" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--dynamic" +.PD 通常のシンボルではなくダイナミックシンボルを表示します。 これは、ある種の共有ライブラリなどの ダイナミックオブジェクトに対してのみ意味を持ちます。 - -.TP -.B "\-f \fIformat" -出力形式として \fIformat\fP を使います。``bsd'', -``sysv'', ``posix'' が指定できます。デフォルトは ``bsd'' です。 -\fIformat\fP の 1 文字目だけが重要で、大文字でも小文字でも +.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIformat\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-f format" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--format=format" +.PD +出力形式として \fIformat\fR を使います。 +\f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR +が指定できます。 +デフォルトは \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR です。 +\fIformat\fR の 1 文字目だけが重要で、大文字でも小文字でも 構いません。 - -.TP -.B \-g -.TP -.B \-\-extern\-only +.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-g" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--extern-only" +.PD 外部シンボルだけを表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-n -.TP -.B \-v -.TP -.B \-\-numeric\-sort +.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-l" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--line-numbers" +.PD +各シンボルについて、デバッグ情報を使ってファイル名と行番号を見つけるよう +試みます。定義されているシンボルについては、シンボルのアドレスに +対応する行番号を捜します。未定義のシンボルについては、そのシンボルを +参照している再配置エントリの行番号を捜します。行番号情報が +見つけられたなら、他のシンボル情報の後に表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-n" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-v" +.IP "\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--numeric-sort" +.PD シンボルを名前のアルファベット順ではなく、 シンボルのアドレスで数値順にならべます。 - -.TP -.B \-p -.TP -.B \-\-no\-sort -シンボルの並べ替えを一切しません; 単に出て来た順に表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-P -.TP -.B \-\-portability -デフォルトの形式のかわりに POSIX.2 標準の出力形式を使います。 -``\-f posix'' と等価です。 - -.TP -.B \-s -.TP -.B \-\-print\-armap +.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-p" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--no-sort" +.PD +シンボルの並べ替えを一切しません。 +単に出て来た順に表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-P" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-portability\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--portability" +.PD +デフォルトの形式のかわりに \s-1POSIX\s0.2 標準の出力形式を使います。 +\fB\-f posix\fR と等価です。 +.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-S" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-print\-size\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--print-size" +.PD +\f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR 出力形式において、 +定義されたシンボルの大きさを表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-s" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--print-armap" +.PD アーカイブのメンバのシンボルをリストする際に、インデックスを 含めます。インデックス -(アーカイブ中に \c -.B ar\c -\& か \c -.B ranlib\c -\& によって置かれます) とはどのモジュールにどの名前の定義が +(アーカイブ中に +\fBar\fR +か +\fBranlib\fR +によって置かれます) とはどのモジュールにどの名前の定義が 含まれているかの対応の事です。 - -.TP -.B \-r -.TP -.B \-\-reverse\-sort -(数値またはアルファベットによる) 並べ替えを逆順にします; +.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-r" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--reverse-sort" +.PD +(数値またはアルファベットによる) 並べ替えを逆順にします。 最後が最初に来るようにします。 - -.TP -.B \-\-size\-sort +.IP "\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--size-sort" シンボルをサイズで並べ替えます。サイズはシンボルの値とその次に高位の 値を持つシンボルの値の間の差分から計算されます。シンボルの値の かわりにサイズが表示されます。 - -.TP -.B "\-t \fIradix" -.TP -.B "\-\-radix=\fIradix" -シンボルの値を表示する際に \fIradix\fP を基数として使います。 -指定は、10 進の場合は ``d''、8 進の場合は ``o''、16 進の場合は ``x'' の +.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-t radix" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--radix=radix" +.PD +シンボルの値を表示する際に \fIradix\fR を基数として使います。 +指定は、10 進の場合は \fBd\fR、8 進の場合は \fBo\fR、16 進の場合は \fBx\fR の いずれかです。 - -.TP -.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname" +.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--target=bfdname" システムのデフォルトの形式ではないオブジェクトコード形式を指定します。 -指定できる形式の一覧については -.BR objdump ( 1 ) -を参照してください。 - -.TP -.B \-u -.TP -.B \-\-undefined\-only +.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-u" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--undefined-only" +.PD 未定義シンボル (各オブジェクトファイルの外部シンボル) のみを表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-l -.TP -.B \-\-line\-numbers -各シンボルについて、デバッグ情報を使ってファイル名と行番号を見つけるよう -試みます。定義されているシンボルについては、シンボルのアドレスに -対応する行番号を捜します。未定義のシンボルについては、そのシンボルを -参照している再配置エントリの行番号を捜します。行番号情報が -見つけられたなら、他のシンボル情報の後に表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-V -.TP -.B \-\-version -.B nm +.IP "\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--defined-only" +各オブジェクトファイルに対し、定義されているシンボルのみを表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-V" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--version" +.PD +\fBnm\fR のバージョン番号を表示して終了します。 - -.TP -.B \-\-help -.B nm +.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-X" +\s-1AIX\s0 の \fBnm\fR との互換性のために、本オプションは無視されます。 +パラメータひとつを取り、それは \fB32_64\fR であることが必要です。 +\s-1AIX\s0 \fBnm\fR のデフォルトモードは \fB\-X 32\fR に対応しますが、 +これは \s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR はサポートしていません。 +.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--help" +\fBnm\fR のオプションのサマリを表示して終了します。 - .SH "関連項目" -.B -info\c -\& の; -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -の項; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); -.BR ar "(" 1 ")," -.BR objdump ( 1 ), -.BR ranlib "(" 1 ")." - - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" +\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), +Info +の +\fIbinutils\fR +の項。 +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. - +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". .SH 日本語訳 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳 - .\" .SH 履歴 .\" 野首 寛高 1998/11/11 FreeBSD 用に翻訳 .\" 堀川和雄 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正 +.\" 堀川和雄 2002/12/29 binutil 2.12.91 用に修正 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1 index 97ee118d6e..b03b37f5db 100644 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1 +++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1 @@ -1,730 +1,703 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project -.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project. -.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.1,v 1.2.6.3 2001/08/01 23:02:44 obrien Exp % .\" $FreeBSD$ -.TH objcopy 1 "05 April 2000" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.3, Pod::Parser v1.13 +.\" +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp .. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a +.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to +.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' +.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "OBJCOPY 1" +.TH OBJCOPY 1 "2002-08-05" "binutils-2.12.91" "GNU Development Tools" +.UC .SH 名称 objcopy \- オブジェクトファイルのコピーと変換 - .SH 書式 -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B objcopy -.RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-j\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-only\-section=\fIsectionname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-L\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-W\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-b\ \fIbyte\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-byte=\fIbyte\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-i\ \fIinterleave\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-interleave=\fIinterleave\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-debugging "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-gap\-fill=\fIval\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-pad\-to=\fIaddress\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-set\-start=\fIval\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-start=\fIincr\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-addresses=\fIincr\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-address\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-lma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-warnings\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-set\-section\-flags\ \fIsection=flags\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-add\-section\ \fIsectionname=filename\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-leading\-char\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-srec\-len=\fIval\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-srec\-forceS3\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-redefine\-sym\ \fIold=new\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-weaken\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-v\ |\ \-\-verbose\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V\ |\ \-\-version\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help\fR "\|]" -.B infile -.RB "[\|" outfile\fR "\|]" +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +objcopy [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] + [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] + [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] + [\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR|\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR] + [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR] [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR] + [\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR] + [\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR] + [\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR] + [\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR] + [\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR] + [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR] [\fB\-X\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR] + [\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR|\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR] + [\fB\-i\fR \fIinterleave\fR|\fB\-\-interleave=\fR\fIinterleave\fR] + [\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionname\fR|\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR] + [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR|\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR] + [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR] + [\fB\-\-debugging\fR] + [\fB\-\-gap\-fill=\fR\fIval\fR] [\fB\-\-pad\-to=\fR\fIaddress\fR] + [\fB\-\-set\-start=\fR\fIval\fR] [\fB\-\-adjust\-start=\fR\fIincr\fR] + [\fB\-\-change\-addresses=\fR\fIincr\fR] + [\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR] + [\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR] + [\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR] + [\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR] + [\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR \fIsection\fR=\fIflags\fR] + [\fB\-\-add\-section\fR \fIsectionname\fR=\fIfilename\fR] + [\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR=\fInewname\fR[,\fIflags\fR]] + [\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR ] [\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR] + [\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR ] [\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR] + [\fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR \fIold\fR=\fInew\fR ] + [\fB\-\-weaken\fR] + [\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR] + [\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR] + [\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR] + [\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR] + [\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR] + [\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR] + [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-verbose\fR] + [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] + [\fB\-\-help\fR] + \fIinfile\fR [\fIoutfile\fR] .SH 解説 -GNU -.B objcopy +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\s-1GNU\s0 +\fBobjcopy\fR ユーティリティはあるオブジェクトファイルの内容を他へコピーします。 -.B objcopy -はオブジェクトファイルの読み書きに GNU BFD ライブラリを使います。 +\fBobjcopy\fR +はオブジェクトファイルの読み書きに \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1BFD\s0 ライブラリを使います。 元のオブジェクトファイルと異なるフォーマットでコピー先の オブジェクトファイルに書き込む事が可能です。 -.B objcopy +\fBobjcopy\fR の厳密な挙動はコマンドラインの引数で制御します。 +\fBobjcopy\fR は、完全にリンクされたファイルなら、 +任意の 2 形式間でコピー可能であるはずですが、 +再配置可能オジェクトファイルの任意の 2 形式間でのコピーは、 +期待通りに動作しないかもしれません。 .PP -.B objcopy +\fBobjcopy\fR は変換のために一時ファイルを作成して後でそれらを削除します。 -.B objcopy -はすべての変換作業で BFD を使います; つまり BFD が知っている +\fBobjcopy\fR +はすべての変換作業で \s-1BFD\s0 を使います; つまり \s-1BFD\s0 が知っている フォーマットはすべて知っている事になるので、明示的に指定しなくても 大部分のフォーマットを認識する事が出来ます。 .PP -.B objcopy +\fBobjcopy\fR で出力先に -.B srec +\fBsrec\fR を指定する (例えば -.B -O srec -を使う) ことで Sレコードを生成できます。 +\fB\-O srec\fR +を使う) ことで S レコードを生成できます。 .PP -.B objcopy +\fBobjcopy\fR で出力先に -.B binary +\fBbinary\fR を指定する (例えば -.B -O binary +\fB\-O binary\fR を使う) ことで生のバイナリファイルを生成できます。 -.B objcopy +\fBobjcopy\fR で生のバイナリファイルを生成することは、本質的には入力の オブジェクトファイルの内容のメモリダンプを生成することに なるでしょう。シンボルと 再配置情報はすべて捨て去られます。メモリダンプは出力ファイルに コピーされる中で最も低位のセクションの仮想アドレスから始まります。 .PP -Sレコードや生のバイナリファイルを生成する場合は、 -.B -S +S レコードや生のバイナリファイルを生成する場合は、 +\fB\-S\fR を使ってデバッグ情報を含むセクションを削除するのが良いかもしれません。 場合によっては -.B -R +\fB\-R\fR が、バイナリファイルに必要無い情報を含むセクションを削除するのに有用でしょう。 .PP -.I infile -と -.I outfile -は それぞれ入力と出力ファイルです。 -.IR outfile +注 \- \fBobjcopy\fR は入力ファイルのエンディアンを変えられません。 +入力ファイルにエンディアン性がある場合 (フォーマットによってはありません)、 +同じエンディアン性のファイルフォーマットか +エンディアン性の無いファイル書式へのみ、 +\fBobjcopy\fR はコピー可能となります。 +.SH オプション +.IX Header "OPTIONS" +.IP "\fIinfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "infile" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fIoutfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "outfile" +.PD +それぞれ入力と出力ファイルです。 +\fIoutfile\fR を指定しないと、 -.B objcopy -は一時ファイルを作成してから そのファイル名を入力ファイル名に付けかえて +\fBobjcopy\fR +は一時ファイルを作成してから そのファイル名を \fIinfile\fR に付けかえて しまいます。 - -.SH オプション -.TP -.B \-I \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname +.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-I bfdname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname" +.PD 入力ファイルのオブジェクト形式を推測しようとするかわりに -.IR bfdname +\fIbfdname\fR であるとして扱います。 -.TP -.B \-O \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname +.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-O bfdname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname" +.PD オブジェクト形式として -.IR bfdname +\fIbfdname\fR を使って出力ファイルに書き込みます。 -.TP -.B \-F \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname +.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-F bfdname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--target=bfdname" +.PD 入出力両方のオブジェクト形式が -.I bfdname +\fIbfdname\fR であるとします; つまり、入力から出力へ無変換でデータを 単純に転送するということです。 -.TP -.B \-j \fIsectionname\fR, \fB\-\-only\-section=\fIsectionname +.IP "\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-B bfdarch" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--binary-architecture=bfdarch" +.PD +生のバイナリ入力ファイルをオブジェクトファイルへ変換する場合に有用です。 +この場合、出力アーキテクチャを \fIbfdarch\fR に設定可能です。 +入力ファイルが既知の \fIbfdarch\fR を持つ場合、このオプションは無視されます。 +このバイナリデータは、変換処理によって作成された特殊シンボルを介し、 +プログラムからアクセス可能となります。 +これらのシンボルは、 +_binary_\fIobjfile\fR_start, +_binary_\fIobjfile\fR_end, +_binary_\fIobjfile\fR_size +という名前です。 +例えば、画像ファイルをオブジェクトファイルに変換し、 +コードからこれらのシンボルを使用することでアクセス可能となります。 +.IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-j sectionname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--only-section=sectionname" +.PD 指定したセクションのみ入力ファイルから出力ファイルへコピーし、 他のすべてのセクションを捨てます。 このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。このオプションを不適切に使うと出力ファイルが 利用できない物になるので注意して下さい。 -.TP -.B \-R \fIsectionname\fR, \fB\-\-remove-section=\fIsectionname +.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-R sectionname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--remove-section=sectionname" +.PD +\fIsectionname\fR で 指定されたセクションをファイルから取り除きます。このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。このオプションを不適切に使うと出力ファイルが 利用できない物になるので注意して下さい。 -.TP -.B \-S\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-all +.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-S" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-all" +.PD 再配置とシンボルの情報を入力ファイルからコピーしません。 -.TP -.B \-g\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-debug +.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-g" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-debug" +.PD デバッグシンボルを入力ファイルからコピーしません。 -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-unneeded +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-unneeded" 再配置処理に不要なシンボルをすべて取り除きます。 -.TP -.B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -入力ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fP だけをコピーします。 +.IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-K symbolname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname" +.PD +入力ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fR だけをコピーします。 このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 -.TP -.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -入力ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fP をコピーしません。 +.IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-N symbolname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname" +.PD +入力ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fR をコピーしません。 このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 -.TP -.B \-L \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -シンボル \fIsymbolname\fP を、外部から参照できないようにファイル内 +.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-G symbolname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--keep-global-symbol=symbolname" +.PD +シンボル \fIsymbolname\fR のみをグローバルにします。 +他のシンボルはすべて、外部から参照できないようにファイル内ローカルにします。 +このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 +.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-L symbolname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--localize-symbol=symbolname" +.PD +シンボル \fIsymbolname\fR を、外部から参照できないようにファイル内 ローカルにします。このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 -.TP -.B \-W \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -シンボル \fIsymbolname\fP を weak にします。 +.IP "\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-W symbolname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--weaken-symbol=symbolname" +.PD +シンボル \fIsymbolname\fR を weak にします。 このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 -.TP -.B \-x\fR, \fB\-\-discard\-all +.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-x" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--discard-all" +.PD 入力ファイルからグローバルでないシンボルをコピーしません。 -.TP -.B \-X\fR, \fB\-\-discard\-locals +.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-X" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--discard-locals" +.PD コンパイラが生成したローカルシンボルをコピーしません。 -(それらは通常 "L" か "." で始まります。) -.TP -.B \-b \fIbyte\fR, \fB\-\-byte=\fIbyte -入力ファイルの各 \fIbyte\fP番めのバイトのみを取り出します -(ヘッダデータには影響しません)。\fIbyte\fP には -0 から interleave-1 の範囲の値を指定できます。 -このオプションは ROM に書き込むためのファイルを作成するために有用です。 -典型的には srec の出力指定と共に使います。 -.TP -.B \-i \fIinterleave\fR, \fB\-\-interleave=\fIinterleave -各 \fIinterleave\fPバイト毎に 1バイトだけをコピーします。 -どれをコピーするかは \fB\-b\fP か \fB\-\-byte\fP オプションで +(それらは通常 \fBL\fR か \fB.\fR で始まります。) +.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-b byte" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--byte=byte" +.PD +入力ファイルの各 \fIbyte\fR 番めのバイトのみを取り出します +(ヘッダデータには影響しません)。\fIbyte\fR には +0 から \fIinterleave\fR-1 の範囲の値を指定できます。 +\fIinterleave\fR は、\fB\-i\fR または \fB\-\-interleave\fR のオプションで +指定するか、デフォルトの 4 です。 +このオプションは \s-1ROM\s0 に書き込むためのファイルを作成するために有用です。 +典型的には \f(CW\*(C`srec\*(C'\fR の出力指定と共に使います。 +.IP "\fB\-i\fR \fIinterleave\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-i interleave" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-interleave=\fR\fIinterleave\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--interleave=interleave" +.PD +各 \fIinterleave\fR バイト毎に 1 バイトだけをコピーします。 +どれをコピーするかは \fB\-b\fR か \fB\-\-byte\fR オプションで 選びます。デフォルトは 4です。 -interleave は \fB\-b\fP か \fB\-\-byte\fP のどちらも指定されていない -場合は無視されます。 -.TP -.B \-p\fR, \fB\-\-preserve\-dates +\fB\-b\fR か \fB\-\-byte\fR のどちらも指定されていない場合、 +\fBobjcopy\fR は本オプションを無視します。 +.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-p" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--preserve-dates" +.PD 出力ファイルのアクセス時刻と更新時刻を入力ファイルに合わせます。 -.TP -.B \-\-debugging +.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--debugging" 可能であればデバッグ情報を変換します。 特定のデバッグ情報しかサポートしておらず、変換処理は時間を 要する可能性があるので、これはデフォルトではありません。 -.TP -.B \-\-gap\-fill=\fIval -セクション間のすきまを \fIval\fP で埋めます。 -この操作はセクションの \fIload address\fP (LMA) に適用されます。 -低位アドレスのセクションのサイズを増やし、できた余分の空間を \fIval\fP で +.IP "\fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR \fIval\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--gap-fill val" +セクション間のすきまを \fIval\fR で埋めます。 +この操作はセクションの \fIload address\fR (\s-1LMA\s0) に適用されます。 +低位アドレスのセクションのサイズを増やし、できた余分の空間を \fIval\fR で 埋める事で実現しています。 -.TP -.B \-\-pad\-to=\fIaddress -ロードアドレス \fIaddress\fP まで出力ファイルに詰め物をします。 +.IP "\fB\-\-pad\-to\fR \fIaddress\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--pad-to address" +ロードアドレス \fIaddress\fR まで出力ファイルに詰め物をします。 これは最後のセクションのサイズを増やす事で行われます。 -できた余分の空間は \fB\-\-gap\-fill\fP で +できた余分の空間は \fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR で 指定された値 (デフォルトは 0) で埋められます。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-set\-start=\fIval -新しいファイルの開始アドレスを \fIval\fP に設定します。 +.IP "\fB\-\-set\-start\fR \fIval\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--set-start val" +新しいファイルの開始アドレスを \fIval\fR に設定します。 すべてのオブジェクトファイル形式が開始アドレスの設定をサポートしている わけではありません。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-start=\fIincr\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-start=\fIincr -開始アドレスを、\fIincr\fP を加算する事で変更します。 +.IP "\fB\-\-change\-start\fR \fIincr\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--change-start incr" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-start\fR \fIincr\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--adjust-start incr" +.PD +開始アドレスを、\fIincr\fR を加算する事で変更します。 すべてのオブジェクトファイル形式が開始アドレスの設定をサポートしている わけではありません。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fIincr -開始アドレスおよびすべてのセクションのアドレスを、\fIincr\fP を +.IP "\fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR \fIincr\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--change-addresses incr" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma\fR \fIincr\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--adjust-vma incr" +.PD +開始アドレスおよびすべてのセクションの +\s-1VMA\s0 および \s-1LMA\s0 のアドレスを、\fIincr\fR を 加算する事で変更します。いくつかのオブジェクトファイル形式では セクションのアドレスを任意の値に変更する事は許されていません。 これはセクションを再配置するのではない事に注意して下さい; もしプログラムがセクションが特定のアドレスにロードされる事を 期待しており、そしてこのオプションがセクションを異なるアドレスに ロードするように使われた場合は、プログラムは正常に 動作しないかもしれません。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val -指定された \fIsection\fP の VMA および LMA アドレスを、 -設定または変更します。\fI=\fP が -指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fP に設定されます。 -そうでなければ \fIval\fP がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。 -上の \fB\-\-adjust\-vma\fP に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。 -入力ファイルに \fIsection\fP が存在しない場合は、 -\fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fP が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val -指定された \fIsection\fP の LMA アドレスを、 -設定または変更します。\fI=\fP が -指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fP に設定されます。 -そうでなければ \fIval\fP がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。 -上の \fB\-\-adjust\-addresses\fP に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。 -入力ファイルに \fIsection\fP が存在しない場合は、 -\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fP が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。 -.B \fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val -指定された \fIsection\fP の VMA アドレスを、 -設定または変更します。\fI=\fP が -指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fP に設定されます。 -そうでなければ \fIval\fP がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。 -上の \fB\-\-adjust\-addresses\fP に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。 -入力ファイルに \fIsection\fP が存在しない場合は、 -\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fP が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-warnings -\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-XXX\fP が指定され、 +.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--change-section-address section{=,+,-}val" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--adjust-section-vma section{=,+,-}val" +.PD +指定された \fIsection\fR の \s-1VMA\s0 および \s-1LMA\s0 アドレスを、 +設定または変更します。\fB=\fR が +指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fR に設定されます。 +そうでなければ \fIval\fR がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。 +上の \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。 +入力ファイルに \fIsection\fR が存在しない場合は、 +\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--change-section-lma section{=,+,-}val" +指定された \fIsection\fR の \s-1LMA\s0 アドレスを、 +設定または変更します。 +\s-1LMA\s0 アドレスは、 +プログラムロード時にセクションがロードされるメモリのアドレスです。 +これは通常、プログラム実行時のセクションのアドレスである +\s-1VMA\s0 アドレスと同じですが、システムによっては、 +特に \s-1ROM\s0 にプログラムが保持されるものにおいては、両者は異なります。 +\fB=\fR が +指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fR に設定されます。 +そうでなければ \fIval\fR がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。 +上の \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。 +入力ファイルに \fIsection\fR が存在しない場合は、 +\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--change-section-vma section{=,+,-}val" +指定された \fIsection\fR の \s-1VMA\s0 アドレスを、 +設定または変更します。 +\s-1VMA\s0 アドレスは、 +プログラムが実行開始した後にセクションが置かれるアドレスです。 +これは通常、メモリにロードされるセクションのアドレスである +\s-1LMA\s0 アドレスと同じですが、システムによっては、 +特に \s-1ROM\s0 にプログラムが保持されるものにおいては、両者は異なります。 +\fB=\fR が +指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fR に設定されます。 +そうでなければ \fIval\fR がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。 +上の \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。 +入力ファイルに \fIsection\fR が存在しない場合は、 +\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--change-warnings" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--adjust-warnings" +.PD +\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR, +\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR, +\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR のいずれかが指定された場合、 指定されたセクションが存在しないと警告が出力されます。 これはデフォルトです。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR, \fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings -\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-XXX\fP が指定されて、指定された +.IP "\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--no-change-warnings" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--no-adjust-warnings" +.PD +\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR, +\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-lma\fR, +\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR のいずれかが指定された場合、 +指定された セクションが存在しなくても警告を出力しません。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\ \fIsection=flags -指定されたセクションのフラグを設定します。引数 \fIflags\fP は +.IP "\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR \fIsection\fR\fB=\fR\fIflags\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--set-section-flags section=flags" +指定されたセクションのフラグを設定します。引数 \fIflags\fR は フラグ名をコンマで区切った文字列です。認識するフラグ名は -\fIalloc\fP, \fIcontents\fP, \fIload\fP, \fInoload\fP, \fIreadonly\fP, -\fIcode\fP, \fIdata\fP, \fIrom\fP, \fIshare\fP, \fIdebug\fP -です。すべてのフラグがすべてのオブジェクトファイル形式で +\fIalloc\fR, \fIcontents\fR, \fIload\fR, \fInoload\fR, \fIreadonly\fR, +\fIcode\fR, \fIdata\fR, \fIrom\fR, \fIshare\fR, \fIdebug\fR +です。 +内容を持たないセクションに対して \fBcontents\fR フラグを設定可能ですが、 +内容を持たないセクションに対して \fBcontents\fR フラグをクリアする +ことは無意味です。 +単にそのセクションを削除してください。 +すべてのフラグがすべてのオブジェクトファイル形式で 意味を持つとは限りません。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-add\-section\ \fIsectionname=filename +.IP "\fB\-\-add\-section\fR \fIsectionname\fR\fB=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--add-section sectionname=filename" \fIsectionname\fR で指定された名前の新しいセクションをファイルの コピー中に付け加えます。新しいセクションの内容はファイル \fIfilename\fR から取り込まれます。セクションのサイズはファイルの サイズになります。このオプションは任意の名前を持つセクションを サポートできるファイル形式でのみ機能します。 -.TP -.B \-\-change\-leading\-char +.IP "\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR\fB=\fR\fInewname\fR\fB[,\fR\fIflags\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--rename-section oldname=newname[,flags]" +セクションの名前を \fIoldname\fR から \fInewname\fR へ変えます。 +この処理において、セクションフラグを \fIflags\fR に変えることもできます。 +リンカスクリプトを使ってリネームすることに対する利点は、 +出力がオブジェクトファイルのままであり、 +リンク済実行形式とはならないことです。 +.Sp +このオプションが特に有用なのは、入力フォーマットがバイナリの時です。 +なぜなら、本オプションは .data セクションを常に作成するからです。 +例えば、バイナリデータを含む .rodata セクションを代りに作成したい場合、 +次のコマンドラインで実現可能です: +.Sp +.Vb 3 +\& objcopy -I binary -O -B \e +\& --rename-section .data=.rodata,alloc,load,readonly,data,contents \e +\& +.Ve +.IP "\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--change-leading-char" いくつかのオブジェクトファイル形式でシンボルの最初に特殊文字が 使われています。もっとも一般的なのはアンダスコアで、しばしば コンパイラが各シンボルの前に付け加えます。 このオプションは -.B objcopy +\fBobjcopy\fR に、オブジェクトファイル形式を変換する時に各シンボルの始まりの 文字を変更するよう指示します。 変換前後のオブジェクトファイル形式がシンボルの始まりに同じ文字を 使っている場合は、このオプションは何もしません。そうでなければ、 このオプションで文字を付け加える、または文字を削除する、または 文字を変更する事が、適切に行われます。 -.TP -.B \-\-remove\-leading\-char +.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--remove-leading-char" グローバルシンボルの最初の文字が、オブジェクトファイル形式で使われる シンボルの最初に付加される特殊文字だった場合は、その文字を取り除きます。 シンボルに前置される最も一般的な文字はアンダスコアです。 このオプションは前置されているアンダスコアをすべての グローバルシンボルから取り除きます。これはシンボル名の取り決めが 異なるファイル形式のファイルを一緒にリンクしたい場合に有用です。 -これは \fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fP とは異なります。 +これは \fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR とは異なります。 なぜならこのオプションでは適切であれば、 出力のオブジェクトファイル形式とは関係なく 常にシンボル名を変更してしまうからです。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-srec\-len=\fIval +.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--srec-len=ival" srec 出力でのみ意味があります。 -S レコードの長さを \fIval\fP に設定します。 +S レコードの長さを \fIval\fR に設定します。 この長さには、アドレス、データ、CRC フィールドも含まれます。 -.TP -.B \fB\-\-srec\-forceS3 +.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--srec-forceS3" srec 出力でのみ意味があります。 -S1/S2 レコードの生成を防ぎ、S3 レコードのみの書式にします。 -.TP -.B \-\-redefine\-sym\ \fIold=new +S1/S2 レコードの生成を防ぎ、S3 レコードのみのフォーマットにします。 +.IP "\fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR \fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--redefine-sym old=new" シンボルの名前を \fIold\fR から \fInew\fR へ変更します。 ソースが無い 2 つのものリンクしようとしていて、 名前の衝突があるときに有用でしょう。 -.TP -.B \-\-weaken +.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--weaken" ファイルのすべてのグローバルシンボルを weak に変更します。 -.TP -.B \-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose +これは、\fB\-R\fR オプションをリンカに使用して、 +他のオブジェクトとリンクするオブジェクトを作成するときに有用です。T +このオプションは、オブジェクトファイルフォーマットが +weak シンボルをサポートするときのみ効果があります。 +.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--keep-symbols=filename" +ファイル \fIfilename\fR で列挙されている各シンボルに対し、 +\fB\-\-keep\-symbol\fR オプションを適用します。 +\fIfilename\fR は単に平坦なファイルであり、1 行に 1 シンボルが記述されます。 +行コメントは、ハッシュ文字で開始します。 +このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-symbols=filename" +ファイル \fIfilename\fR で列挙されている各シンボルに対し、 +\fB\-\-strip\-symbol\fR オプションを適用します。 +\fIfilename\fR は単に平坦なファイルであり、1 行に 1 シンボルが記述されます。 +行コメントは、ハッシュ文字で開始します。 +このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--keep-global-symbols=filename" +ファイル \fIfilename\fR で列挙されている各シンボルに対し、 +\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol\fR オプションを適用します。 +\fIfilename\fR は単に平坦なファイルであり、1 行に 1 シンボルが記述されます。 +行コメントは、ハッシュ文字で開始します。 +このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--localize-symbols=filename" +ファイル \fIfilename\fR で列挙されている各シンボルに対し、 +\fB\-\-localize\-symbol\fR オプションを適用します。 +\fIfilename\fR は単に平坦なファイルであり、1 行に 1 シンボルが記述されます。 +行コメントは、ハッシュ文字で開始します。 +このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--weaken-symbols=filename" +ファイル \fIfilename\fR で列挙されている各シンボルに対し、 +\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol\fR オプションを適用します。 +\fIfilename\fR は単に平坦なファイルであり、1 行に 1 シンボルが記述されます。 +行コメントは、ハッシュ文字で開始します。 +このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--alt-machine-code=index" +出力アーキテクチャが別のマシンコードを持つ場合、 +デフォルトのコードの代りに \fIindex\fR 番目のコードを使用します。 +あるマシンに公式なコードが割り当てられており、 +ツールチェーンが新規コードを採用するが、 +他のアプリケーションは元のコードが使われることに依存している場合、 +有用となります。 +.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-V" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--version" +.PD +\fBobjcopy\fR +のバージョン番号を表示して終了します。 +.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-v" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--verbose" +.PD 出力を冗長にします: 変更されたすべてのオブジェクトファイルをリストします。 アーカイブの場合は "\fBobjcopy \-V\fR" でアーカイブのメンバがすべて リストされます。 -.TP -.B \-V\fR, \fB\-\-version -.B objcopy -のバージョン番号を表示して終了します。 -.TP -.B \-\-help -.B objcopy +.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--help" +\fBobjcopy\fR のオプションのサマリを表示して終了します。 .SH "関連項目" -.B -info\c -\& の -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -の項; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993) - -.SH COPYING -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. - +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" +\&\fIld\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), +Info +の +\fIbinutils\fR +の項。 +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". .SH 日本語訳 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳 - .\" .SH 履歴 .\" 野首 寛高 1998/10/05 FreeBSD 用に翻訳 .\" 堀川和雄 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正 +.\" 堀川和雄 2002/12/29 binutil 2.12.91 用に修正 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1 index 39c07ed76e..2a971a21c4 100644 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1 +++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1 @@ -1,771 +1,582 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project -.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project. -.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.1,v 1.3.6.3 2001/08/01 23:02:44 obrien Exp % .\" $FreeBSD$ -.TH objdump 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.3, Pod::Parser v1.13 +.\" +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp .. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a +.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to +.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' +.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "OBJDUMP 1" +.TH OBJDUMP 1 "2002-08-05" "binutils-2.12.91" "GNU Development Tools" +.UC .SH 名称 objdump \- オブジェクトファイルから情報を表示する - .SH 書式 -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B objdump -.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-archive\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c -.I bfdname\c -.RB " | " "\-\-target="\c -.I bfdname\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-debugging "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-d | \-\-disassemble "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-disassemble-all "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-disassemble\-zeroes "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-EB | \-EL | \-\-endian=\c -.I {big|little}\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-file\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-h | \-\-section\-headers -.RB "| " \-\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-i | \-\-info "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-j\ "\c -.I section\c -.RB " | " "\-\-section="\c -.I section\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-m\ "\c -.I machine\c -.RB " | " "\-\-architecture="\c -.I machine\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-p | \-\-private\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-prefix\-addresses "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reloc "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-R | \-\-dynamic\-reloc "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-full\-contents "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-S | \-\-source "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-[no\-]show\-raw\-insn "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-stabs "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-t | \-\-syms "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-T | \-\-dynamic\-syms "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-x | \-\-all\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-\-start\-address="\c -.I address\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" "\-\-stop\-address="\c -.I address\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" "\-\-adjust\-vma="\c -.I offset\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.I objfile\c -\&.\|.\|. -.ad b -.hy 1 +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +objdump [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-headers\fR] + [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] + [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR] ] + [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\fR] + [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR] + [\fB\-z\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR] + [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR|\fB\-\-endian=\fR{big | little }] + [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-file\-headers\fR] + [\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR] + [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-debugging\fR] + [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-headers\fR] + [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-info\fR] + [\fB\-j\fR \fIsection\fR|\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIsection\fR] + [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR] + [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-source\fR] + [\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR|\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR] + [\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR|\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR] + [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR] + [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reloc\fR] + [\fB\-R\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR] + [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR] + [\fB\-G\fR|\fB\-\-stabs\fR] + [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-syms\fR] + [\fB\-T\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR] + [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-all\-headers\fR] + [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wide\fR] + [\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR] + [\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR] + [\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR] + [\fB\-\-[no\-]show\-raw\-insn\fR] + [\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR] + [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] + [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] + \fIobjfile\fR... .SH 解説 -\c -.B objdump\c -\& は一つ以上のオブジェクトファイルについて情報を表示します。 +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\fBobjdump\fR +は一つ以上のオブジェクトファイルについて情報を表示します。 オプションで特にどの情報を表示するのかを制御します。この 情報は、単にプログラムをコンパイルして動かす事を目的とする プログラマの対極にある、コンパイルツールの仕事をしているプログラマに とって主に有用です。 .PP -.IR "objfile" .\|.\|. +\fIobjfile\fR... で調べるオブジェクトファイルを指定します。 アーカイブを指定した場合は、 -\c -.B objdump\c -\& はメンバのオブジェクトファイルそれぞれの情報を表示します。 - +\fBobjdump\fR +はメンバのオブジェクトファイルそれぞれの情報を表示します。 .SH オプション +.IX Header "OPTIONS" ここではオプションの長い形式と短い形式を一緒に記してあり、 それらは等価です。少なくとも -.B \-l -(\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fP) 以外のオプションを一つは与える必要があります。 - -.TP -.B \-a -.TP -.B \-\-archive\-headers -.I objfile\c -\& で指定された中にアーカイブがあれば、アーカイブの -ヘッダ情報を (`\|\c -.B ls \-l\c -\|' に似た形式で) 表示します。`\|\c -.B ar tv\c -\|' でリストされる情報に加えて、 -アーカイブの各メンバのオブジェクトファイル形式を、`\|\c -.B objdump \-a\c -\|' は表示します。 - -.TP -.BI "\-\-adjust\-vma=" "offset" +\fB\-a,\-d,\-D,\-f,\-g,\-G,\-h,\-H,\-p,\-r,\-R,\-S,\-t,\-T,\-V,\-x\fR +のうちのいずれかのオプション 1 つは与える必要があります。 +.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-a" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-archive\-header\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--archive-header" +.PD +\fIobjfile\fR +で指定された中にアーカイブがあれば、アーカイブの +ヘッダ情報を ( +\fBls \-l\fR +に似た形式で) 表示します。 +\fBar tv\fR +でリストされる情報に加えて、 +アーカイブの各メンバのオブジェクトファイル形式を、 +\fBobjdump \-a\fR +は表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--adjust-vma=offset" 情報をダンプする際に、まず -.I offset +\fIoffset\fR をすべてのセクションのアドレスに加算します。 これはセクションのアドレスがシンボルテーブルと対応しない場合に 有効です。そのような状況は、セクションのアドレスを表現できない a.out のような形式を使って、セクションを特定のアドレスに 置く場合に起こりえます。 - -.TP -.BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname" +.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-b bfdname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--target=bfdname" +.PD オブジェクトファイルのオブジェクトコード形式を -\c -.I bfdname\c -\& で指定します。これはおそらく不要です。なぜなら \c -.I objdump\c -\& は -多くの形式を自動で認識できるからです。例えば -.sp -.br -objdump\ \-b\ oasys\ \-m\ vax\ \-h\ fu.o -.br -.sp -では、Oasys のコンパイラで生成された形式の、VAX のオブジェクトファイルで -あることが明示的に指定された (`\|\c -.B \-m\c -\|')、ファイル -`\|\c -.B fu.o\c -\|' のセクションヘッダ (`\|\c -.B \-h\c -\|') からのサマリ情報を表示します。 -指定可能な形式名は `\|\c -.B \-i\c -\|' オプションでリストできます。 - -.TP -.B \-C -.TP -.B \-\-demangle -シンボル名の内部表現をユーザレベルの表現にデコード (\fIdemangle\fP) します。 +\fIbfdname\fR +で指定します。これはおそらく不要です。なぜなら +\fIobjdump\fR +は +多くの形式を自動で認識できるからです。 +.Sp +例えば +.Sp +.Vb 1 +\& objdump -b oasys -m vax -h fu.o +.Ve +では、Oasys のコンパイラで生成された形式の、\s-1VAX\s0 のオブジェクトファイルで +あることが明示的に指定された ( +\fB\-m\fR +)、ファイル +\fBfu.o\fR +のセクションヘッダ ( +\fB\-h\fR +) からのサマリ情報を表示します。 +指定可能な形式名は +\fB\-i\fR +オプションでリストできます。 +.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-C" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--demangle[=style]" +.PD +シンボル名の内部表現をユーザレベルの表現にデコード (\fIdemangle\fR) します。 加えてシステムが付加した先頭のアンダースコアも取り除くので、 -これによって C++ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。 - -.TP -.B \-\-debugging +これによって \*(C+ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。 +コンパイラ毎に、マングル方法が異なります。 +オプションのデマングルスタイル引数を使用することで、 +コンパイラにあったデマングルスタイルを選択可能です。 +.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-G" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--debugging" +.PD デバッグ情報を表示します。ファイルに格納されているデバッグ情報を 解析して C 言語風の表記で出力する事を試みます。 いくつかの種類のデバッグ情報に関してのみ実装されています。 - -.TP -.B \-d -.TP -.B \-\-disassemble -.I objfile\c -\& から、機械語に対応するアセンブラニーモニックを表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-d" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--disassemble" +.PD +\fIobjfile\fR +から、機械語に対応するアセンブラニーモニックを表示します。 このオプションでは機械語を含むはずのセクションだけを 逆アセンブルします。 - -.TP -.B \-D -.TP -.B \-\-disassemble-all -\fB\-d\fP と同様ですが、すべてのセクションの内容を +.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-D" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--disassemble-all" +.PD +\fB\-d\fR と同様ですが、すべてのセクションの内容を 逆アセンブルします。機械語を含むはずのセクションには 限りません。 - -.TP -.B \-\-prefix\-addresses +.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--prefix-addresses" 逆アセンブル時に、各行に完全な形のアドレスを表示します。 これは古い逆アセンブル出力形式です。 - -.TP -.B \-\-disassemble\-zeroes +.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--disassemble-zeroes" 通常は逆アセンブル出力で 0 が連続する部分は飛ばされます。 このオプションは逆アセンブラに、そういった部分も他のデータと 同様に逆アセンブルするように指示します。 - -.TP -.B \-EB -.TP -.B \-EL -.TP -.BI "\-\-endian=" "{big|little}" +.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-EB" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-EL" +.IP "\fB\-\-endian={big|little}\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--endian={big|little}" +.PD オブジェクトファイルのエンディアンを指定します。これは 逆アセンブルにのみ影響します。エンディアン情報を持たない、 S レコードのようなファイル形式を逆アセンブルする際に有用です。 - -.TP -.B \-f -.TP -.B \-\-file\-headers -.I objfile\c -\& の各ファイルのヘッダ全体からのサマリ情報を表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-h -.TP -.B \-\-section\-headers -.TP -.B \-\-headers +.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-f" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-file\-header\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--file-header" +.PD +\fIobjfile\fR +の各ファイルのヘッダ全体からのサマリ情報を表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--file-start-context" +まだ表示していないファイルから +ソースコードと逆アセンブリの交互リストを表示するとき (\fB\-S\fR を仮定)、 +コンテキストをファイルの先頭まで拡張します。 +.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-h" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-section\-header\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--section-header" +.IP "\fB\-\-header\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--header" +.PD オブジェクトファイルのセクションヘッダからサマリ情報を表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-\-help -.B objdump +.Sp +ファイルセグメントは非標準アドレスへ再配置されるかもしれません。 +これは例えば \fB\-Ttext\fR, \fB\-Tdata\fR, \fB\-Tbss\fR を +\fBld\fR に使用することで可能となります。 +しかしながら、a.out のようなオブジェクトファイル形式では、 +ファイルセグメントの開始アドレスを格納しません。 +このような場合、 +\fBld\fR はセクションを正しく再配置しますが、 +\fBobjdump \-h\fR を使用してファイルセクションヘッダを列挙しても +正しいアドレスを表示できません。 +代りに、ターゲットにとって暗黙的な、通常のアドレスを表示してしまいます。 +.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--help" +\fBobjdump\fR のオプションのサマリを表示して終了します。 - -.TP -.B \-i -.TP -.B \-\-info -.B \-b\c -\& または \c -.B \-m\c -\& で指定できるアーキテクチャとオブジェクト形式の名称をリストします。 - -.TP -.BI "\-j " "name"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-section=" "name" -.I name\c -\& で指定したセクションの情報のみを表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-l -.TP -.B \-\-line\-numbers -表示に (デバッグ情報を使って) オブジェクトコードと対応する +.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-i" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--info" +.PD +\fB\-b\fR +または +\fB\-m\fR +で指定できるアーキテクチャとオブジェクト形式の名称をリストします。 +.IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-j name" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--section=name" +.PD +\fIname\fR +で指定したセクションの情報のみを表示します。 +.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-l" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--line-numbers" +.PD +表示に (デバッグ情報を使って) オブジェクトコードまたは再配置情報と対応する ファイル名とソースの行番号を含めます。 -\fB\-d\fP, \fB\-D\fP, \fB\-r\fP を指定した時にのみ有用です。 - -.TP -.BI "\-m " "machine"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-architecture=" "machine" +\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-D\fR, \fB\-r\fR を指定した時にのみ有用です。 +.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-m machine" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--architecture=machine" +.PD オブジェクトファイルを逆アセンブルする際のアーキテクチャを指定します。 S レコードのような、アーキテクチャ情報を持たないオブジェクトファイルを 逆アセンブルする場合に有効です。 -\fB\-i\fP オプションで、指定できるアーキテクチャ名をリストできます。 - -.TP -.B \-p -.TP -.B \-\-private\-headers +\fB\-i\fR オプションで、指定できるアーキテクチャ名をリストできます。 +.IP "\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-M options" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--disassembler-options=options" +.PD +逆アセンブラにターゲット固有情報を渡します。 +いくつかのターゲットでのみサポートされています。 +.Sp +ターゲットが \s-1ARM\s0 アーキテクチャの場合、 +このスイッチを使用して、逆アセンブラが使用するレジスタ名セットを選択可能です。 +\fB\-M reg-name-std\fR (デフォルト) を指定すると、 +\s-1ARM\s0 命令セット文書で使われるレジスタ名を選択しますが、 +レジスタ 13 は 'sp'、 +レジスタ 14 は 'lr'、 +レジスタ 15 は 'pc' と呼ばれます。 +\fB\-M reg-names-apcs\fR を指定すると、 +\s-1ARM\s0 Procedure Call Standard で使用される名前セットを選択します。 +\fB\-M reg-names-raw\fR を指定すると、 +\fBr\fR の後にレジスタ番号が続く名前を使用します。 +.Sp +\s-1APCS\s0 のレジスタ名規則には 2 つの変種があり、 +\fB\-M reg-names-atpcs\fR および \fB\-M reg-names-special-atpcs\fR で +有効化できます。 +これらは ARM/Thumb Procedure Call Standard の命名規則を使用します +(それぞれ、通常レジスタ名と特殊レジスタ名です)。 +.Sp +\s-1ARM\s0 アーキテクチャにおいては、このオプションを使用することで、 +全命令を Thumb 命令として解釈するよう、逆アセンブラに強制できます。 +このためには、 +\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=force\-thumb\fR スイッチを使用します。 +他のコンパイラで生成された Thumb コードを逆アセンブルするときに有用です。 +.Sp +x86 では、オプションの一部は \fB\-m\fR と重複した機能を持ちますが、 +細粒度の制御を提供します。 +次の選択肢の複数を、コンマで区切った文字列として指定可能です。 +\&\fBx86\-64\fR, \fBi386\fR, \fBi8086\fR は、 +指定したアーキテクチャの逆アセンブリを選択します。 +\fBintel\fR および \fBatt\fR は、 +intel 文法モードと \s-1AT&T\s0 文法モードを選択します。 +\fBaddr32\fR, \fBaddr16\fR, \fBdata32\fR, \fBdata16\fR は、 +デフォルトのアドレスサイズとオペランドサイズを指定します。 +これらの 4 オプションより、 +オプション文字列中で後方に登場する \fBx86\-64\fR, \fBi386\fR, \fBi8086\fR +が優先します。 +最後に、\s-1AT&T\s0 モードでは、 +\fBsuffix\fR は、サフィックスがオペランドから推察できる場合であっても、 +逆アセンブラがニーモニックサフィックスを表示するよう指示します。 +.Sp +\s-1PPC\s0 では、\fBbooke\fR, \fBbooke32\fR, \fBbooke64\fR は +BookE 命令の逆アセンブリを選択します。 +\fB32\fR および \fB64\fR は PowerPC および PowerPC64 の逆アセンブリ +をそれぞれ選択します。 +.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-p" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--private-headers" +.PD オブジェクトファイルフォーマットに固有な情報を表示します。 実際の情報は、オブジェクトファイルフォーマットに依存します。 オブジェクトファイルフォーマットによっては、追加情報が表示されません。 - -.TP -.B \-r -.TP -.B \-\-reloc -ファイルの再配置情報を表示します。\fB\-d\fP または -\fB\-D\fP と一緒に指定された場合は、再配置情報は逆アセンブル出力に +.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-r" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-reloc\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--reloc" +.PD +ファイルの再配置情報を表示します。\fB\-d\fR または +\fB\-D\fR と一緒に指定された場合は、再配置情報は逆アセンブル出力に 散りばめられて表示されます。 - -.TP -.B \-R -.TP -.B \-\-dynamic\-reloc +.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-R" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--dynamic-reloc" +.PD ファイルの実行時再配置情報を表示します。このオプションは、 ある種の共有ライブラリなどのダイナミックオブジェクトに ついてのみ意味があります。 - -.TP -.B \-s -.TP -.B \-\-full\-contents +.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-s" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--full-contents" +.PD 指定されたセクションのすべての内容を表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-S -.TP -.B \-\-source +.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-S" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-source\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--source" +.PD 可能であればソースコードを逆アセンブルに混ぜて表示します。 -\fB-d\fP を暗黙的に指定します。 - -.TP -.B \-\-show\-raw\-insn +\fB-d\fR を暗黙的に指定します。 +.IP "\fB\-\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--show-raw-insn" 命令を逆アセンブルする際に、ニーモニックに加えて機械語も 16 進数で 表示します。この動作は -.B \-\-prefix\-addresses +\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR が指定されていない場合のデフォルトです。 - -.TP -.B \-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn +.IP "\fB\-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--no-show-raw-insn" 命令を逆アセンブルする際に、機械語を表示しません。 この動作は -.B \-\-prefix\-addresses +\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR を指定した場合のデフォルトです。 - -.TP -.B \-\-stabs -ELF ファイルの .stab, .stab.index, .stab.excl セクションの内容を -表示します。 これは .stab デバッグシンボルテーブルのエントリが -ELF セクションに格納されている (Solaris 2.0 のような) システムでのみ +.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-G" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-stabs\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--stabs" +.PD +要求されたセクションの全内容を表示します。 +\s-1ELF\s0 ファイルの .stab, .stab.index, .stab.excl セクションの内容を +表示します。これは \f(CW\*(C`.stab\*(C'\fR デバッグシンボルテーブルのエントリが +\s-1ELF\s0 セクションに格納されている (Solaris 2.0 のような) システムでのみ 有用です。他の大部分のファイル形式では、デバッグシンボルテーブルの エントリはリンケージシンボルに差し込まれていて、 -\fB\-\-syms\fP +\fB\-\-syms\fR での出力で見ることができます。 - -.TP -.BI "\-\-start\-address=" "address" +.IP "\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--start-address=address" 指定されたアドレスからデータの表示を開始します。これは -.B \-d\c -, -.B \-r\c -, -.B \-s +\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-s\fR オプションの出力に影響します。 - -.TP -.BI "\-\-stop\-address=" "address" +.IP "\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--stop-address=address" 指定されたアドレスでデータの表示を終了します。これは -.B \-d\c -, -.B \-r\c -, -.B \-s +\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-s\fR オプションの出力に影響します。 - -.TP -.B \-t -.TP -.B \-\-syms +.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-t" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--syms" +.PD シンボルテーブル。ファイルのシンボルテーブルのエントリを -表示します。これは `\|\c -.B nm\c -\|' プログラムで得られる情報と似ています。 - -.TP -.B \-T -.TP -.B \-\-dynamic\-syms -ダイナミックシンボルテーブル。ファイルのダイナミックシンボルテーブルの +表示します。これは +\fBnm\fR +プログラムで得られる情報と似ています。 +.IP "\fB\-T\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-T" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--dynamic-syms" +.PD +ファイルのダイナミックシンボルテーブルの エントリを表示します。これはある種の共有ライブラリのような ダイナミックオブジェクトでのみ意味があります。 -これは `\|\c -.B nm\c -\|' プログラムに -.B \-D (\-\-dynamic) +これは +\fBnm\fR +プログラムに +\fB\-D\fR (\fB\-\-dynamic\fR) オプションを指定した時に得られる情報と似ています。 - -.TP -.B \-\-version -.B objdump +.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--version" +\fBobjdump\fR のバージョン番号を表示して終了します。 - -.TP -.B \-x -.TP -.B \-\-all\-headers +.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-x" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-all\-header\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--all-header" +.PD 得られるすべてのヘッダ情報を表示します。 -シンボルテーブルと再配置情報も含まれます。`\|\c -.B \-x\c -\|' の指定は、 -`\|\c -.B \-a \-f \-h \-r \-t\c -\|' のすべてを指定するのと等価です。 - +シンボルテーブルと再配置情報も含まれます。 +\fB\-x\fR +の指定は、 +\fB\-a \-f \-h \-r \-t\fR +のすべてを指定するのと等価です。 +.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-w" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--wide" +.PD +80 桁を越える出力デバイス用に行を整形します。 +また、表示するときに、シンボル名を短縮しません。 .SH "関連項目" -.B -info\c -\& の -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -の項; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); -.BR nm "(" 1 ")" - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" +\&\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), +Info +の +\fIbinutils\fR +の項。 +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. - +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". .SH 日本語訳 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳 - .\" .SH 履歴 .\" 野首 寛高 1998/09/23 FreeBSD 用に翻訳 .\" 堀川和雄 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正 +.\" 堀川和雄 2002/12/29 binutil 2.12.91 用に修正 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1 index b149cd2c19..69558e3253 100644 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1 +++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1 @@ -1,519 +1,274 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.3, Pod::Parser v1.13 .\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project -.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project. -.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1,v 1.4 2001/07/29 05:14:52 horikawa Exp $ -.TH size 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP .. +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a +.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to +.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' +.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "SIZE 1" +.TH SIZE 1 "2002-08-05" "binutils-2.12.91" "GNU Development Tools" +.UC .SH 名称 size \- セクションサイズと全体のサイズを表示する - .SH 書式 -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B size -.RB "[\|" \-A \||\| \-B \||\| \c -.BI "\-\-format=" compatibility\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-d \||\| \-o \||\| \-x\c -\||\|\c -.BI "\-\-radix=" number\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \c -.BI "\-\-target=" bfdname\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-V \||\| \-\-version "\|]" -.I objfile\c -\&.\|.\|. -.ad b -.hy 1 +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +size [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-B\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR] + [\fB\-\-help\fR] + [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR] + [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-totals\fR] + [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] + [\fIobjfile\fR...] .SH 解説 -GNU の\c -.B size\c -\& ユーティリティは、引数リスト中の各オブジェクトファイル -.I objfile -に対し、そのセクションサイズ \(em\& 及び全体サイズ \(em\& を表示します。 +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\s-1GNU\s0 の +\fBsize\fR +ユーティリティは、引数リスト中の各オブジェクトファイル +\fIobjfile\fR +に対し、そのセクションサイズ \-\-\- 及び全体サイズ \-\-\- を表示します。 デフォルトでは、各オブジェクトファイルないしアーカイブ中の 各モジュール毎に 1 行ずつ出力します。 +.PP +\fIobjfile\fR... は、検査対象のオブジェクトファイルです。 +なにも指定しないと、\f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR ファイルが使用されます。 .SH オプション -.TP -.B \-A -.TP -.B \-B -.TP -.BI "\-\-format " "compatibility" -これらのオプションの 1 つを用いて、GNU -\c -.B size\c -\& の出力形式を、System V の\c -.B size\c -\& 形式風にする (`\|\c -.B \-A\c -\|' -又は `\|\c -.B \-\-format=sysv\c -\|' を用いる) か、Berkeley の\c -.B size\c -\& 形式風にする (`\|\c -.B \-B\c -\|' -又は `\|\c -.B \-\-format=berkeley\c -\|' を用いる) かを選択します。 +.IX Header "OPTIONS" +コマンド行オプションは次の意味を持ちます: +.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-A" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-B" +.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--format=compatibility" +.PD +これらのオプションの 1 つを用いて、\s-1GNU\s0 +\fBsize\fR +の出力形式を、System V の +\fBsize\fR +形式風にする ( +\fB\-A\fR +又は +\fB\-\-format=sysv\fR +を用いる) か、Berkeley の +\fBsize\fR +形式風にする ( +\fB\-B\fR +又は +\fB\-\-format=berkeley\fR +を用いる) かを選択します。 デフォルトは Berkeley 形式に似た 1 行フォーマットです。 - -.TP -.B \-\-help +.Sp +次の例は、Berkeley (デフォルト) フォーマットの \fBsize\fR の出力です: +.Sp +.Vb 4 +\& $ size --format=Berkeley ranlib size +\& text data bss dec hex filename +\& 294880 81920 11592 388392 5ed28 ranlib +\& 294880 81920 11888 388688 5ee50 size +.Ve +同じデータですが、System V 規約に近い形式で表示しています: +.Sp +.Vb 7 +\& $ size --format=SysV ranlib size +\& ranlib : +\& section size addr +\& .text 294880 8192 +\& .data 81920 303104 +\& .bss 11592 385024 +\& Total 388392 +.Ve +.Vb 6 +\& size : +\& section size addr +\& .text 294880 8192 +\& .data 81920 303104 +\& .bss 11888 385024 +\& Total 388688 +.Ve +.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--help" 利用可能な引数及びオプションの要約を表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-d -.TP -.B \-o -.TP -.B \-x -.TP -.BI "\-\-radix " "number" +.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-d" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-o" +.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-x" +.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--radix=number" +.PD これらのオプションの 1 つを用いて、各セクションのサイズを -10 進数 (`\|\c -.B \-d\c -\|', 又は `\|\c -.B \-\-radix 10\c -\|'); 8 進数 -(`\|\c -.B \-o\c -\|', 又は `\|\c -.B \-\-radix 8\c -\|'); 16 進数 (`\|\c -.B \-x\c -\|', 又は -`\|\c -.B \-\-radix 16\c -\|') で表示するようにします。 -`\|\c -.B \-\-radix \c -.I number\c -\&\c -\|' 形式では、3 種類の値 (8, 10, 16) のみサポートされています。 +10 進数 (\fB\-d\fR 又は \fB\-\-radix 10\fR)、 +8 進数 (\fB\-o\fR 又は \fB\-\-radix 8\fR)、 +16 進数 (\fB\-x\fR 又は \fB\-\-radix 16\fR) で表示するようにします。 +\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR +形式では、3 種類の値 (8, 10, 16) のみサポートされています。 全体サイズは常に 2 種類の基数で表示されます。 -`\|\c -.B \-d\c -\|' 又は `\|\c -.B \-x\c -\|' を指定した場合は 10 進数と 16 進数、`\|\c -.B \-o\c -\|' の場合は 8 進数と 16 進数です。 - -.TP -.BI "\-\-target " "bfdname" -.I objfile\c -\& に対し、特定のオブジェクトコードフォーマット\c -.I bfdname\c -\& を指定します。この指定は必要ないかもしれません。\c -.I size\c -\& コマンドは多くのフォーマットを自動的に認識します。 -指定できるフォーマット一覧に関しては -.BR objdump ( 1 ) -を参照して下さい。 - -.TP -.B \-V -.TP -.B \-\-version -.B size\c -\& コマンド自身のバージョン番号情報を表示します。 - +\fB\-d\fR 又は \fB\-x\fR を指定した場合は 10 進数と 16 進数、 +\fB\-o\fR の場合は 8 進数と 16 進数です。 +.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-t" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-totals\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--totals" +.PD +列挙した前オブジェクトの総計を表示します +(Berkeley フォーマットでの列挙モードのみ)。 +.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--target=bfdname" +\fIobjfile\fR +に対し、特定のオブジェクトコードフォーマット +\fIbfdname\fR +を指定します。この指定は必要ないかもしれません。 +\fBsize\fR +コマンドは多くのフォーマットを自動的に認識します。 +.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-V" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--version" +.PD +\fBsize\fR +のバージョン番号情報を表示します。 .SH 関連項目 -.BR info の -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -エントリ。 -.IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" , - Roland H. Pesch (1991 10月); -.BR ar "(" 1 ")," -.BR objdump ( 1 ). - -.SH COPYING -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. - +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" +\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), +Info の \fIbinutils\fR エントリ。 +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". .\" .SH 履歴 .\" 酒井 淳嗣 1998/11/08 FreeBSD 用に翻訳 .\" 堀川和雄 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1 index 68fd0b7d7e..aff7745b08 100644 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1 +++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1 @@ -1,512 +1,250 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 2000 Free Software Foundation -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution +.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.3, Pod::Parser v1.13 .\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project -.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project. -.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1,v 1.5 2001/07/29 05:14:52 horikawa Exp $ -.TH strings 1 "09 March 2000" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp .. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a +.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to +.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' +.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "STRINGS 1" +.TH STRINGS 1 "2002-08-05" "binutils-2.12.91" "GNU Development Tools" +.UC .SH 名称 strings \- ファイル内の表示可能な文字列を表示する - .SH 書式 -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B strings -.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\c -.RB | \-\-all "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-o "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-v | \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-n -.I min\-len\c -.RI | \-min\-len\c -.B "\-\-bytes=\fImin\-len\fP" -.I min\-len\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-t -.I {o,x,d}\c -.RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]" -.RB | "\-\-radix="\c -.I {o,x,d}\c -\&\|] -.I file\c -.ad b -.hy 1 +strings [\fB\-afov\fR] [\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR] + [\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR] [\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR] + [\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR] [\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR] + [\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR] [\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR] + [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-\-all\fR] [\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR] + [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] + [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] \fIfile\fR... .SH 解説 -GNU \c -.B strings +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\s-1GNU\s0 +\fBstrings\fR は、 -.I file +\fIfile\fR で与えられたファイルに対して 4 文字 (または下記のオプションで指定された 文字数) 以上続く表示可能な文字で、その直後に表示不可能な文字が続いて いるものを表示します。デフォルトでは、オブジェクトファイルに対しては 初期化されたセクションとロードされるセクション内の文字列のみを表示します。 それ以外の種類のファイルに対してはファイル全体の文字列を表示します。 - .PP -.B strings +\fBstrings\fR は主に非テキストファイルの内容を判別するのに有効です。 - .SH オプション - -以下で併記する長い形式のオプションと短い形式のオプションは等価です。 - -.TP -.B \-a -.TP -.B \-\-all -.TP -.B \- +.IX Header "OPTIONS" +.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-a" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--all" +.IP "\fB\-\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-" +.PD オブジェクトファイルの走査範囲を初期化されたセクションとロードされる セクションだけに限定せず、ファイル全体を調べます。 - -.TP -.B \-f -.TP -.B \-\-print\-file\-name +.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-f" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--print-file-name" +.PD 各文字列の前にファイル名を表示します。 - -.TP -.B \-\-help -.B strings +.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--help" +プログラム のオプションの概要を標準出力に出力して終了します。 - -.TP -.B \-v -.TP -.B \-\-version -.B strings -のバージョン番号を標準出力に出力して終了します。 - -.TP -.B "\-n \fImin\-len\fP" -.TP -.B "\-\fImin\-len\fP" -.TP -.B "\-bytes=\fImin\-len\fP" -.I min-len +.IP "\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-min-len" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-n min-len" +.IP "\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--bytes=min-len" +.PD +\fImin-len\fR 文字以上の文字列を出力します。デフォルトは 4 文字です。 - -.TP -.BR "\-t " {o,x,d} -.TP -.BR "\-\-radix=" {o,x,d} +.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-o" +\fB\-t o\fR +と同じです。 +\fB\-o\fR が \fB\-t d\fR のように動作する +\fBstrings\fR のバージョンもあります。 +どちらとも互換になることはできませんので、単に一方を選んだだけです。 +.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-t radix" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--radix=radix" +.PD 各文字列の前に、ファイル内のオフセット (位置) を出力します。一文字からなる引数 -によりオフセットの表示形式 (8 進、 16 進、 10 進) を指定します。 - -.TP -.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname" +によりオフセットの表示形式 +(\fBo\fR が 8 進、\fBx\fR が 16 進、\fBd\fR が 10 進) を指定します。 +.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-e encoding" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--encoding=encoding" +.PD +みつける文字列のエンコードを選択します。 +\fIencoding\fR に指定可能な値は、 +\fBs\fR = 単一バイト文字 ((\s-1ASCII\s0, \s-1ISO\s0 8859 等。デフォルト)、 +\fBb\fR = 16 ビットのビッグエンディアン、 +\fBl\fR = 16 ビットのリトルエンディアン、 +\fBB\fR = 32 ビットのビッグエンディアン、 +\fBL\fR = 32 ビットのリトルエンディアンです。 +ワイド文字の文字列をみつけるのに有用です。 +.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--target=bfdname" システムのデフォルトではないオブジェクトコード形式を指定します。 -指定可能な形式の一覧については -.BR objdump ( 1 ) -を参照して下さい。 - -.TP -.B \-o -.BR "\-t o" -と同じです。 - -.PP - +.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-v" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--version" +.PD +プログラム +のバージョン番号を標準出力に出力して終了します。 .SH 関連項目 -.B -info\c -の -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -の項; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); -.BR ar ( 1 ), -.BR nm ( 1 ), -.BR objdump ( 1 ), -.BR ranlib ( 1 ). - - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" +\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), +Info の \fIbinutils\fR の項。 +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. - +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". .\" .SH 履歴 .\" 奥村 努 1998/12/11 FreeBSD 用に翻訳 .\" 堀川和雄 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正 +.\" 堀川和雄 2002/12/29 binutil 2.12.91 用に修正 diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1 index e94fa92dda..bb6a5acb22 100644 --- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1 +++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1 @@ -1,553 +1,301 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project -.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project. -.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/strip.1,v 1.2.6.4 2001/08/01 23:02:46 obrien Exp % .\" $FreeBSD$ -.TH strip 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.3, Pod::Parser v1.13 +.\" +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sh \" Subsection heading +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP .. +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a +.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to +.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' +.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +'br\} +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.if \nF \{\ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. nr % 0 +. rr F +.\} +.\" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.hy 0 +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "STRIP 1" +.TH STRIP 1 "2002-08-05" "binutils-2.12.91" "GNU Development Tools" +.UC .SH 名称 strip \- オブジェクトファイルからシンボルの削除 - .SH 書式 -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B strip -.RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fP "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-s\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-o\ \fIfile\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-v\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-verbose "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-help "\|]" -.I objfile\c -\&.\|.\|. - +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +strip [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR ] + [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR ] + [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR ] + [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR] [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR] + [\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR |\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR ] + [\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR |\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR ] + [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR ] [\fB\-X\fR |\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR] + [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR |\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR ] + [\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR ] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR] + [\fB\-v\fR |\fB\-\-verbose\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] + \fIobjfile\fR... .SH 解説 -GNU -.B strip +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\s-1GNU\s0 +\fBstrip\fR はオブジェクトファイル -.IR objfile +\fIobjfile\fR からシンボルをすべて削除します。 オブジェクトファイルのリストにアーカイブが含まれていても構いません。 少なくともひとつのオブジェクトファイルが必要です。 - -.P -.B strip +.PP +\fBstrip\fR は変更されたコピーを別名で作成せず、 引き数で指定したファイルそのものを変更します。 - .SH オプション -.TP -.B "\-F \fIbfdname" -.TP -.B "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" -オリジナルの \fTobjfile\fP を -\fIbfdname\fP オブジェクトコード形式のファイルとして扱い、 +.IX Header "OPTIONS" +.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-F bfdname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--target=bfdname" +.PD +オリジナルの \fTobjfile\fR を +\fIbfdname\fR オブジェクトコード形式のファイルとして扱い、 それと同じ形式で上書きします。 - -.TP -.B \-\-help -.B strip +.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--help" +\fBstrip\fR のオプションの一覧を表示して終了します。 - -.TP -.B "\-I \fIbfdname -.TP -.B "\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname" -オリジナルの \fTobjfile\fP を -\fIbfdname\fP オブジェクトコード形式のファイルとして扱います。 - -.TP -.B "\-O \fIbfdname\fP" -.TP -.B "\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname" -\fIobjfile\fP を \fIbfdname\fP 出力形式のファイルに置き換えます。 - -.TP -.B "\-R \fIsectionname\fP" -.TP -.B "\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname" -ファイルから指定されたセクションを削除します。 +.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR\fB \fR" 4 +.IX Item "-I bfdname " +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname" +.PD +オリジナルの \fIobjfile\fR を +\fIbfdname\fR オブジェクトコード形式のファイルとして扱います。 +.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-O bfdname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname" +.PD +\fIobjfile\fR を \fIbfdname\fR 出力形式のファイルに置き換えます。 +.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-R sectionname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--remove-section=sectionname" +.PD +出力ファイルから \fIsectionname\fR という名前のセクションを削除します。 このオプションは 1 回以上使うことができます。 このオプションを不適切に使用すると、オブジェクトファイルが 使用できなくなるかもしれないことに注意してください。 - -.TP -.B \-s -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-all +.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-s" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-all" +.PD すべてのシンボルを削除します。 - -.TP -.B \-S -.TP -.B \-g -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-debug +.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-g" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-S" +.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-d" +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-debug" +.PD デバッギングシンボルだけを削除します。 - -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-unneeded +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-unneeded" 再配置処理に不必要なシンボルをすべて削除します。 - -.TP -.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -元ファイルから シンボル \fIsymbolname\fP を削除します。このオプション -は 1 回以上使うことができ、また他の strip のオプションと併用することが -できます。 - -.TP -.B \-o \fIfile\fR +.IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-K symbolname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname" +.PD +元ファイルのシンボル \fIsymbolname\fR だけを保持します。 +このオプションは 1 回以上使うことができます。 +.IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-N symbolname" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname" +.PD +元ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fR を削除します。このオプション +は 1 回以上使うことができ、また \fB\-K\fR 以外の +strip のオプションと併用することができます。 +.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-o file" 存在するファイルを置き換える代わりに、 strip された出力を \fIfile\fR に出します。 この引き数を使用する時には、\fIobjfile\fR 引き数は 1 つしか指定できません。 - -.TP -.B \-p -.TP -.B \-\-preserve-dates +.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-p" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--preserve-dates" +.PD ファイルのアクセス時刻と更新時刻を保存します。 - -.TP -.B \-x -.TP -.B \-\-discard\-all +.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-x" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--discard-all" +.PD グローバルでないシンボルを削除します。 - -.TP -.B \-X -.TP -.B \-\-discard\-locals -コンパイラによって生成されたローカルシンボル (これは通常 ``L'' か ``.'' +.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-X" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--discard-locals" +.PD +コンパイラによって生成されたローカルシンボル (これは通常 \fBL\fR か \fB.\fR で始まります。) を削除します。 - -.TP -.B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -元ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fP だけをコピーします。 -このオプションは 1 回以上使うことができます。 - -.TP -.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -元ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fP をコピーしません。 -このオプションは 1 回以上使うことができ、また \fB\-K\fR 以外の strip の -オプションと併用することができます。 - -.TP -.B \-v -.TP -.B \-\-verbose +.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-V" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--version" +.PD +\fBstrip\fR のバージョンを表示して終了します。 +.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-v" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--verbose" +.PD 冗長な出力: 変更されたすべてのオブジェクトファイルを列挙します。 アーカイブの場合、 -.B "strip \-v" +\fBstrip \-v\fR はアーカイブのすべてのメンバを列挙します。 - -.TP -.B \-V -.TP -.B \-\-version -\fBstrip\fP のバージョンを表示して終了します。 - .SH 関連項目 -.BR info ; -.IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" , -Roland H. Pesch (October 1991). 中のエントリ -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" +Info の \fIbinutils\fR エントリ。 +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. - +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". .\" .SH 履歴 .\" 河原大輔 1998/11/07 FreeBSD 用に翻訳 .\" 堀川和雄 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正 +.\" 堀川和雄 2002/12/29 binutil 2.12.91 用に修正